Migration Guide

Original Instructions

PowerFlex 700S Phase II Drives to PowerFlex 755TL/TR

Drives and PowerFlex 755TM Common Bus Inverters
Catalog Numbers 20D, 20G, 20J
Important User Information
Read this document and the documents listed in the additional resources section about installation, configuration, and
operation of this equipment before you install, configure, operate, or maintain this product. Users are required to
familiarize themselves with installation and wiring instructions in addition to requirements of all applicable codes, laws,
and standards.

Activities including installation, adjustments, putting into service, use, assembly, disassembly, and maintenance are
required to be carried out by suitably trained personnel in accordance with applicable code of practice.

If this equipment is used in a manner not specified by the manufacturer, the protection provided by the equipment may
be impaired.

In no event will Rockwell Automation, Inc. be responsible or liable for indirect or consequential damages resulting from
the use or application of this equipment.

The examples and diagrams in this manual are included solely for illustrative purposes. Because of the many variables and
requirements associated with any particular installation, Rockwell Automation, Inc. cannot assume responsibility or
liability for actual use based on the examples and diagrams.

No patent liability is assumed by Rockwell Automation, Inc. with respect to use of information, circuits, equipment, or
software described in this manual.

Reproduction of the contents of this manual, in whole or in part, without written permission of Rockwell Automation,
Inc., is prohibited.

Throughout this manual, when necessary, we use notes to make you aware of safety considerations.

WARNING: Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can cause an explosion in a hazardous
environment, which may lead to personal injury or death, property damage, or economic loss.

ATTENTION: Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can lead to personal injury or death, property
damage, or economic loss. Attentions help you identify a hazard, avoid a hazard, and recognize the consequence.

IMPORTANT Identifies information that is critical for successful application and understanding of the product.

Labels may also be on or inside the equipment to provide specific precautions.

SHOCK HAZARD: Labels may be on or inside the equipment, for example, a drive or motor, to alert people that dangerous
voltage may be present.

BURN HAZARD: Labels may be on or inside the equipment, for example, a drive or motor, to alert people that surfaces may
reach dangerous temperatures.

ARC FLASH HAZARD: Labels may be on or inside the equipment, for example, a motor control center, to alert people to
potential Arc Flash. Arc Flash will cause severe injury or death. Wear proper Personal Protective Equipment (PPE). Follow ALL
Regulatory requirements for safe work practices and for Personal Protective Equipment (PPE).
 Table of Contents

Preface
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Parameter References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
General Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Compatibility Quick Check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Before Migration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
General Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Additional Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

Chapter 1
Selection Considerations About the PowerFlex 700S AC Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
PowerFlex 700S Catalog Number Explanation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
About the PowerFlex 755T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
PowerFlex 755T Product Catalog Number Explanation . . . . . . 18
DC Input Inverter Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
AC Input Drive Power Source Considerations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Power Source Sizing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Other Loads Powered from the AC Power Source . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Power Source Grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Recommended Grounding Scheme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
EMI Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Power Filter Jumpers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Circuit Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Power Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Other Power Circuit Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Control Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Inverter Output Filtering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Specification and Features Comparison . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Cross Reference Guides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
AC Input Electrical Cross-reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
DC Input Electrical Cross Reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
AC Input Dimensional Cross Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
DC Input Dimensional Cross Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Device Ports and Main Control Board I/O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
PowerFlex 700S Device Ports and Main Control Board . . . . . . . 66
PowerFlex 755T Product Device Ports and Main
Control Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Hardware Enable Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Customer Power Terminal Comparison . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
PowerFlex 700S Customer Power Terminal Locations and
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
PowerFlex 755T Customer Power Terminal Locations and
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Control Terminal Comparison. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018 3

Table of Contents

PowerFlex 700S Standard I/O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87

PowerFlex 755T I/O Option Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

Chapter 2
Drive Configuration Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Configuration Software and HIM Versions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Parameter Comparison . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Parameter Scaling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
PowerFlex 700S Parameter Assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
PowerFlex 755T Parameter Assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Standalone Drive Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Example, Three-wire Control with Analog Speed Reference
and Encoder Feedback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Typical Three-wire Control with Encoder Parameter
Comparison. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
PowerFlex 755TL/TR Drive Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Safety Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
PowerFlex 700S Safety Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
PowerFlex 755T Safety Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Migration Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
PowerFlex 700S DriveLogix 5730 Configurations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Migration Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

Chapter 3
Communication Configuration Scaling of Reference and Feedback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
PowerFlex 700S DPI Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
PowerFlex 755T Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Logic Command Word Comparison. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
DataLink Handling Comparison . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
16-bit Processors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

Appendix A
Enclosure Information Dimensions and Enclosure Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
AC Input Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
DC Input Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
PowerFlex 755T Product Equipment Handling Options . . . . . . . . 139
Module Service Cart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
DC Precharge Module Service Lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Power Module Service Ramp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Power and Filter Module Storage Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Cooling and Airflow Comparison . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
PowerFlex 700S Installation Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
PowerFlex 755T Product Installation Requirements. . . . . . . . . 141
Minimum Clearances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
IP00 Open Type Power Structures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

4 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

 Preface

The purpose of this migration guide is to assist you in migrating a PowerFlex®

700S Phase II, frame 9…14 drive to an equivalent PowerFlex 755TL or
PowerFlex 755TR drive or PowerFlex 755TM common bus inverter.

Use this migration guide to help you understand some basic migration
requirements.

This migration guide provides basic guidelines for migrating to

PowerFlex 755TL/TR drives and PowerFlex 755TM common bus inverters.
To help you determine the proper migration solution, review additional
product literature to understand the technical similarities and differences
between the PowerFlex 700S Phase II and the PowerFlex 755TL/TR drive or
PowerFlex 755TM common bus inverter.

Download the installation instructions, technical data, programming, and

other associated publications listed Additional Resources on page 10.

Many sections of this migration guide direct you to additional details and
information available in these publications.

IMPORTANT Throughout this publication, the term PowerFlex 700S is used to describe the
PowerFlex 700S with Phase II Control.
Throughout this publication, the term PowerFlex 755T is used to describe the
entire family of PowerFlex 755T TotalFORCE™ products including 755TL low
harmonic, 755TR regenerative and 755TM common bus inverters. Where
there is a notable difference, the specific suffix letters are indicated.

Overview This publication contains these five chapters:

Chapter 1: Selection Considerations on page 13

This chapter provides comparisons of the specifications, features, dimensions,

and power and control terminals of PowerFlex 700S drives and PowerFlex
755T products.

Chapter 2: Drive Configuration on page 89.

This chapter provides comparisons of the electrical configuration, control

wiring, and parameters of the PowerFlex 700S and PowerFlex 755TL/TR
drives. This chapter also identifies PowerFlex 700S safety functionality that can
be migrated to the PowerFlex 755TL/TR drive, and outlines the different
PowerFlex 700S DriveLogix™ 5730 configurations.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018 5

Preface

Chapter 3: Communication Configuration on page 113.

This chapter identifies PowerFlex 700S communication network protocols

that can be migrated to PowerFlex 755T products. This section also provides
information about velocity reference/feedback scaling, how to use I/O
adapters, and 16 bit-based processors.

Abbreviations This table contains abbreviations that are used throughout this document.
Abbreviation Description
(o) Optional equipment
(s) Standard, or included in base catalog number
AFE Active Front End
AOP Add On Profile
CBI Common Bus Inverter
EMI Electromagnetic Interference Filter
ESD Electrostatic Discharge
HD Heavy Duty Overload Rating
HIM Human Interface Module
I/O Input/Output
LD Light Duty Overload Rating
LSC Line Side Converter
MCC Motor Control Center
MOV Metal Oxide Varistor
ND Normal Duty Overload Rating
PLC Programmable Logic Controller
PWM Pulse-width Modulated
RWR Reflective Wave Reduction
SCCR Short Circuit Current Rating
TAM Torque Accuracy Module
TVSS Transient Voltage Surge Suppressor
XLPE Cross-linked Polyethylene

6 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

 Preface

Parameter References PowerFlex 700S parameters are referenced in the format Pxxx [name], By,
where:
• xxx is the parameter number
• [name] is the parameter display name
• y is the bit number (if applicable).

In this document, PowerFlex 755T ports, parameters, and bits are referenced in
the format #:x.y [name], where:
• # is the port number
• x is the parameter number
• [name] is the parameter display name
• y is the bit number (if applicable).

EXAMPLE For example, referencing an I/O module that is installed in port 4,

parameter 6 [Dig Out Invert], bit 1 (TransOut0) can be shown as 04:0006.01
[Dig Out Invert].
The leading zeroes and [name] can be omitted unless required to clarify the
context.
This parameter can also be shown as 4:6.1, 4:6.01 [Dig Out Invert] or any
other combination that shows the minimum port:parameter information.

General Precautions Be aware of the following general precautions when working with this type of
equipment. See the installation instructions for each bus supply for additional
product-specific precautions. Applicable publication information can be found
in Additional Resources on page 10.

ATTENTION: Only qualified personnel familiar with adjustable frequency AC

drives and associated machinery should plan or implement the installation,
startup, and subsequent maintenance of the system. Failure to comply can
result in personal injury and/or equipment change.

ATTENTION: This drive contains ESD (Electrostatic Discharge) sensitive parts

and assemblies. Static control precautions are required when installing,
testing, servicing or repairing this assembly. Component damage may result
if ESD control procedures are not followed. If you are not familiar with static
control procedures, reference Guarding Against Electrostatic Damage,
publication 8000-4.5.2 or any other applicable ESD protection handbook.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018 7

Preface

Compatibility Quick Check Use the following comparison table to determine if there are compatible
PowerFlex 755T products available to migrate your existing PowerFlex 700S. If
the existing PowerFlex 700S installation configuration does not have any of
these exceptions, proceed to use the guidelines in this migration guide.
Table 1 - Comparison Quick Check Considerations
Consideration If You Have These Existing Then Follow These Recommendations
PowerFlex 700S Configuration for the PowerFlex 755T Migration
Exceptions
Minimum AC output Frames 1…6 No compatible units available at initial
current and power product release. Consider PowerFlex 755
products for these ratings.
AC Line Voltage 200…240V AC, 3 PH, AC input No compatible units available at initial
product release.
Braking Chopper Frame 9 with optional internal brake chopper Internal brake chopper IGBT are not
IGBT IGBT available for PowerFlex 755T frames
8…12. Specify a regenerative
PowerFlex 755TR drive or external third-
party brake chopper module.
Integration with • Bulletin 2362 with PowerFlex 700S This configuration can be migrated to
common AC or DC packaged in 2100 MCC enclosures with AC PowerFlex 755TM, however, this solution is
bus drive system or DC power and control bus. not covered in this migration guide.
lineup • Custom packaged common AC or DC bus The IP21/IP54 enclosed PowerFlex 755TM
PowerFlex 700S drives. common bus inverter busbar configuration
is not mechanically compatible with any
existing PowerFlex 700S common DC bus
configurations and may require a custom
migration solution with transition cell
enclosure(s).
Resolver feedback Optional resolver feedback module Requires third-party option module
device (AMCI RD750).
SynchLink™ SynchLink fiber-optic communication No compatible communications link
protocol that is used for drive to drive to available.
controller high-speed dedicated
communication links
DriveLogix™ and Use of the DriveLogix controller or Compact No compatible feature available at initial
Compact I/O™ I/O expansion capability product release. Migration Solutions on
page 111 of this document outlines
possible migration solutions that integrate
a PowerFlex 755T with a Logix controller.
Custom Packaging IP00 open type units that are installed in non- This may require a custom migration
standard enclosures. solution. Custom migration solutions are
not covered in this migration guide.
Communication ControlNet Fiber Optic The PowerFlex 755T product does not
Protocol BACnet/IP support these communication protocols. A
HVAC Modbus RTU custom migration solution and/or an
external communication protocol converter
CANopen may be required.
Interbus
LonWorks
Modbus/TCP
Remote I/O
RS485 DF1
PowerFlex 700S Phase I Control This migration guide only covers
Phase I PowerFlex 700S Phase II migrations.

8 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

 Preface

If the existing PowerFlex 700S drive has any of the above configuration
exceptions, contact an Authorized Rockwell Automation Distributor
specialist, Solution Partner, Recognized System Integrator, or Rockwell
Automation account manager to discuss engineered solutions for custom
migrations.

Follow this link for a list of Solution Partners and Recognized System
Integrators: http://www.software.rockwell.com/corporate/sp/
RASISearchResults.cfm?Programlevel=SP.

Before Migration Follow these steps to be sure that your migration is successful.
• Upload and save the PowerFlex 700S parameters via Connected
Components Workbench™, Studio 5000 Logix Designer®, or
DriveExecutive™ software. If you cannot connect to the drive online,
manually record the parameter values.
• Record and label all power, digital, and analog I/O control wiring.
• Upload and save any network files and programmable logic controller
(PLC) programs.

General Information

See the Wiring and Grounding Guidelines for Pulse-width Modulated

(PWM) AC Drives Installation Instructions, publication DRIVES-IN001, for
information regarding the topics listed below.

Wire/Cable Type
• General
• Input power
• Discrete drive I/O
• Analog signal and encoder
• Communication

Power Distribution
• System configurations
• AC line voltage
• Surge protection MOVs and common mode capacitors
• AC line impedance
• PowerFlex drives used with regenerative units
• DC bus wiring guidelines

Grounding
• Safety grounds
• Noise-related grounds

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018 9

Preface

Installation Practices
• Mounting
• Conduit entry
• Ground connections
• Wire routing
• Conduit
• Cable trays
• Shield termination
• Conductor termination
• Moisture

Reflected Wave
• Description
• Effects on wire types
• Length restrictions for motor protection

Motor Cable Length Tables

• PowerFlex 700S
• PowerFlex 755T

Electromagnetic Interference
• Causes and containing common mode noise
• Causes and preventing/mitigating transient interference
• Enclosure lighting
• Bearing current

Additional Resources These documents contain additional information concerning related products
from Rockwell Automation.
Resource Description
PowerFlex 700S Drives with Phase II Control Technical Data, Provides detailed drive and option specifications,
publication 20D-TD002 drive, fuse, and circuit breaker ratings, watts loss
information, and derating guidelines.
PowerFlex 700H Adjustable Frequency AC Drive and Provides detailed installation instructions for handling
PowerFlex 700S High Performance AC Drive Installation IP20/IP21 enclosed PowerFlex 700S.
Instructions, publication PFLEX-IN006
PowerFlex 700S High Performance AC Drive - Phase II Provides detailed PowerFlex 700S Phase II parameter
Control Programming Manual, publication 20D-PM001 descriptions, configuration settings, startup, and
fault/alarm troubleshooting.
PowerFlex 700S AC Drives Phase II Control Reference This manual provides detailed PowerFlex 700S drive
Manual, publication PFLEX-RM003 with Phase II control functions and application
programming examples.
DriveLogix 5730 Controller for PowerFlex 700S Drives with This publication provides guidance on the
Phase II Control User Manual, publication 20D-UM003 development of projects for DriveLogix controllers.
DriveGuard® Safe Torque Off Option for PowerFlex 700S Provides information that is needed to plan, install,
Phase II AC Drives and PowerFlex 700L Liquid-Cooled AC and configure the DriveGuard Safe Torque Off option
Drives User Manual, publication 20D-UM007 for PowerFlex 700S and 700L AC drives.

10 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

 Preface

Resource Description
PowerFlex 700S and 700H Frames 10...14 IP00, NEMA/UL Provides instructions for the installation of PowerFlex
Open Power Structures Installation Instructions, 700S and 700H frames 10…14, IP00, NEMA/UL Type
publication, publication PFLEX-IN020 Open power structures in a customer supplied
enclosure(s).
PowerFlex 700S and 700H Drives - Frame 9 Hardware Provides troubleshooting and repair information for
Service Manual, publication PFLEX-TG001 PowerFlex 700S and 700H frame 9 AC drives.
PowerFlex 700S and 700H Drives - Frame 10 Hardware Provides troubleshooting and repair information for
Service Manual, publication PFLEX-TG002 PowerFlex 700S and 700H frame 10 AC drives.
PowerFlex 700S and 700H Drives - Frame 11 Hardware Provides troubleshooting and repair information for
Service Manual, publication PFLEX-TG003 PowerFlex 700S and 700H frame 11 AC drives.
PowerFlex 700S and 700H Drives - Frame 12 Hardware Provides troubleshooting and repair information for
Service Manual, publication PFLEX-TG004 PowerFlex 700S and 700H frame 12 AC drives.
PowerFlex 700S and 700H Drives - Frame 13 Hardware Provides troubleshooting and repair information for
Service Manual, publication PFLEX-TG005 PowerFlex 700S and 700H frame 13 AC drives.
PowerFlex 700S and 700H Drives - Frame 14 Hardware Provides troubleshooting and repair information for
Service Manual, publication PFLEX-TG006 PowerFlex 700S and 700H frame 14 AC drives.
PowerFlex 750-Series Products with TotalFORCE Control Provides detailed technical data, specifications,
Technical Data, publication 750-TD100 ratings, fuse/circuit breaker sizing and option
information for IP20/IP54 enclosed PowerFlex 755T
products.
PowerFlex 750-Series Products with TotalFORCE Control Provides procedures for the handling, installation, and
Installation Instructions, publication 750-IN100 electrical wiring of IP20/IP54 enclosed PowerFlex
755T products.
PowerFlex 755TM IP00 Open Type Kits Technical Data, Provides detailed technical data, specifications,
publication 750-TD101 ratings, fuse/circuit breaker sizing and option
information for IP00 open type PowerFlex 755TM
products.
PowerFlex Drives with TotalFORCE Control Programming Provides detailed parameter descriptions,
Manual, publication 750-PM100 configuration settings, and fault/alarm
troubleshooting.
PowerFlex 750-Series Products with TotalFORCE Control Provides detailed troubleshooting, maintenance,
Hardware Service Manual, publication 750-TG100 component testing, and hardware service instructions
for PowerFlex 750T products.
Drives in Common Bus Configurations with PowerFlex Provides basic information to properly wire and
755TM Bus Supplies Application Techniques, publication ground the following products in common bus
DRIVES-AT005 applications:
• PowerFlex 755TM common bus solutions
• PowerFlex 750-Series AC and DC input drives
• Kinetix 5700 servo drives
PowerFlex 755 Drive Embedded EtherNet/IP Adapter User These publications provide detailed information on to
Manual, publication 750COM-UM001 configure, use, and troubleshoot PowerFlex 750-Series
communication option modules and adapters.
PowerFlex 750-Series Drive DeviceNet Option Module User
Manual, publication 750COM-UM002
PowerFlex 20-750-CNETC Coaxial ControlNet Option
Module, publication 750COM-UM003
PowerFlex 20-750-PBUS Profibus DPV1 Option Module,
publication 750COM-UM004
PowerFlex 20-750-BNETIP BACnet/IP Option Module,
publication 750COM-UM005
PowerFlex 20-750-PNET Profinet Single Port Option
Module User Manual, publication 750COM-UM006

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018 11

Preface

Resource Description
PowerFlex 20-750-PNET2P Profinet Dual-port Option These publications provide detailed information on to
Module, publication 750COM-UM007 configure, use, and troubleshoot PowerFlex 750-Series
communication option modules and adapters.
PowerFlex 20-750-ENETR Dual-port EtherNet/IP Option
Module User Manual, publication 750COM-UM008
PowerFlex 750-Series Drives with TotalFORCE Control Built-
in EtherNet/IP Adapter User Manual, publication 750COM-
UM009
PowerFlex 20-HIM-A6 and 20-HIM-C6S HIM (Human Provides detailed information on the Human Interface
Interface Module) User Manual, publication 20HIM-UM001 Module (HIM).
PowerFlex 755TM DC Precharge Modules Unpacking and Provides detailed set-up and operating instructions
Lifting Installation Instructions, publication 750-IN103 for the DC precharge module lift.
PowerFlex 750-Series Service Cart and DCPC Module Lift Provides detailed set-up and operating instructions
Installation Instructions, publication 750-IN105 for the module service cart and lift extension option.
PowerFlex 755TM Power and Filter Module Storage Provides detailed installation and usage instructions
Hardware Installation Instructions, publication 750-IN106 for this hardware accessory.
PowerFlex 755T Power Module Service Ramp Instructions, Provides detailed usage instructions for the module
publication 750-IN108 service ramp.
PowerFlex 750-Series ATEX Option Module User Manual, Provides information on using the 20-750-ATEX
publication 750-UM003 option module.
PowerFlex 755T Flux Vector Tuning Application Technique, Provides information about adaptive features and
publication 750-AT006 optimizing regulator tuning.
Drives in Common Bus Configurations Application Provides detailed application techniques for the
Technique, publication DRIVES-AT002 design and installation of common bus drive systems.
Wiring and Grounding for Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) Provides detailed installation guidelines and
AC Drives Installation Instructions, publication DRIVES- recommendations for PWM AC drive equipment.
IN001
Industry Installation Guidelines for Pulse Width Modulated Provides basic information on enclosure systems,
(PWM) AC Drives Application Technique, publication considerations to help protect against environmental
DRIVES-AT003 contaminants, and power and grounding
considerations for installing Pulse Width Modulated
(PWM) AC drives.
Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines, Provides general guidelines for installing a Rockwell
publication 1770-4.1 Automation industrial system.
Safety Guidelines for the Application, Installation, and Provides general guidelines for the application,
Maintenance of Solid-State Control, publication SGI-1.1 installation, and maintenance of solid-state control.
Guarding Against Electrostatic Damage, publication 8000- Provides practices for guarding against Electrostatic
4.5.2 damage (ESD)
Product Certifications website, http:// Provides declarations of conformity, certificates, and
www.rockwellautomation.com/global/certification/ other certification details.
overview.page

You can view or download publications at

http://www.rockwellautomation.com/global/literature-library/overview.page.
To order paper copies of technical documentation, contact your local
Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative.

12 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

 Chapter 1

Selection Considerations

Before proceeding with detailed migration guidelines, see Compatibility

Quick Check on page 7 to verify that you can migrate your PowerFlex® 700S
drive.

To select a PowerFlex 755TL/TR drive or PowerFlex 755TM common bus

inverter to replace your PowerFlex 700S AC or DC input drive, you must
consider the hardware and control differences between these drives. This
chapter describes some of the primary differences.

About the PowerFlex 700S AC The PowerFlex 700S, catalog code 20D…, is a high-performance AC drive
available in 14 frame sizes (frames 1…14).
Drive
Two different input configurations:
• 700S standalone, 3-phase, AC input, 6-pulse drive
• 700S DC input drive (without precharge)

Ten different input voltages:

• 240V AC/325V DC (frames 1…6 only)
• 400V AC/540V DC
• 480V AC/650V DC
• 600V AC/810V DC
• 690V AC/932V DC

And four different packaging methods:

• IP00 open, frames 9…14
• IP21 Rittal packaged, frames 10…14
• IP54 Rittal packaged, frames 10…14
• IP20 2100 MCC packaged, frames 10…12

Custom enclosures and hardware builds using Bulletin 2362 and Bulletin 2100
MCC enclosures with common AC or DC bus were created by Rockwell
Automation drive systems and many system integrators. Because of the many
variations possible with IP00 open type equipment, this document does not
cover custom engineered IP00 migrations.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018 13

Chapter 1 Selection Considerations

PowerFlex 700S frames 9…14 drives could be specified as standalone 3-phase

AC input with non-regenerative 6-pulse converter or as DC input type.

IMPORTANT PowerFlex 700S DC input drives do not have factory-installed precharge

circuits. If precharge circuits were required these circuits were provided
separately by the drive user. If you have concerns about your DC input
common bus PowerFlex 700S drive system configurations consult an
Authorized Rockwell Automation Distributor specialist, Solution Partner,
Recognized System Integrator or Rockwell Automation account manager to
discuss PowerFlex 700S DC input drive migration solutions.

PowerFlex 700S frames 1…6 drives do not have equivalent PowerFlex 755T
ratings at the time this document was published. If you have PowerFlex 700S
frame sizes 1…6, consult an Authorized Rockwell Automation Distributor
specialist, Solution Partner, Recognized System Integrator or Rockwell
Automation account manager to determine if there is a suitable PowerFlex 750
product that will be a satisfactory migration solution.

14 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

 Selection Considerations Chapter 1

PowerFlex 700S Catalog Number Explanation

Position
1-3 4 5-7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

20D D 2P1 A 0 E Y N A N A N E
a b c d e f g h i j k l m

a c2 c3
Drive ND Rating ND Rating
Code Type 400V, 50 Hz Input 480V, 60 Hz Input
20D PowerFlex 700S Code Amps kW Frame Code Amps Hp Frame
2P1 2.1 0.75 1 2P1 2.1 1.0 1
3P5 3.5 1.5 1 3P4 3.4 2.0 1
b
5P0 5.0 2.2 1 5P0 5 3.0 1
Voltage Rating
8P7 8.7 4.0 1 8P0 8 5.0 1
Code Voltage Ph. Prechg.
_ 011 11.5 5.5 1 011 11 7.5 1
B § 240V AC 3 (6 pulse)
015 15.4 7.5 1 014 14 10 1
C § 400V AC 3 (6 pulse) _
022 22 11 1 022 22 15 1
D§ 480V AC 3 (6 pulse) _
030 30 15 2 027 27 20 2
E ♣§ 600V AC 3 (6 pulse) _
037 37 18.5 2 034 34 25 2
F 690V AC 3 (6 pulse) _
043 43 22 3 040 40 30 3
H 540V DC _ N 056 56 30 3 052 52 40 3
J 650V DC _ N 072 72 37 3 065 65 50 3
K 810V DC _ N 085 85 45 4 077 77 60 4
M 932V DC _ N 105 105 55 5 096 96 75 5
N 325V DC _ Y 125 125 55 5 125 125 100 5
P 540V DC _ Y 170 170 90 6 156 156 125 6
R 650V DC _ Y 205 205 110 6 180 180 150 6
T 810V DC _ Y 260 260 132 6 248 248 200 6
_ 261 261 132 9 261 261 200 9
W 932V DC Y
300 300 160 9 300 300 250 9
♣ Note: CE Certification testing has not been
performed on 600V class drives, Frames 1…4. 385 385 200 10 385 385 300 10
Frames 5 & 6 Only. 460 460 250 10 460 460 350 10
Frames 5 & up. 500 500 250 10 500 500 450 10
§ For DC input on Frames 1…4, use the 590 590 315 11 590 590 500 11
corresponding AC input code B, C, D, or E. 650 650 355 11 650 650 500 11
730 730 400 11 730 730 600 11
c1 820 820 450 12 820 820 700 12
ND Rating 920 920 500 12 920 920 800 12
208/240V, 60Hz Input 1K0 1030 560 12 1K0 1030 900 12
208V 240V 1K1 1150 630 13 1K1 1150 1000 13
Code Hp Frame
Amps Amps 1K3 1300 710 13 1K3 1300 1200 13
4P2 4.8 4.2 1.0 1 1K4 1450 800 13 1K4 1450 1250 13
6P8 7.8 6.8 2.0 1
9P6 11 9.6 3.0 1
015 17.5 15.3 5.0 1
022 25.3 22 7.5 1
028 32.2 28 10 2
042 48.3 42 15 3
052 56 52 20 3
070 78.2 70 25 4
080 92 80 30 4
104 120 104 40 5
130 130 130 50 5
154 177 154 60 6
192 221 192 75 6
260 260 260 100 6

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018 15

Chapter 1 Selection Considerations

c4 c5 j
ND Rating ND Rating Comm Slot
600V, 60 Hz Input ♣ 690V, 50 Hz Input ♣ Code Version
Code Amps Hp Frame Code Amps kW Frame N None
1P7 1.7 0 1 052 52 45 5 C DPI ControlNet (Coax)
2P7 2.7 2 1 060 60 55 5 D DPI DeviceNet
3P9 3.9 3 1 082 82 75 5 E DPI EtherNet/IP
6P1 6.1 5 1 098 98 90 5 1 DriveLogix ControlNet (Coax)
9P0 9 7.5 1 119 119 110 6 DriveLogix ControlNet Redundant
2
(Coax)
011 11 10 1 142 142 132 6
3 DriveLogix ControlNet (Fiber)
017 17 15 1 170 170 160 9
DriveLogix ControlNet Redundant
022 22 20 2 208 208 200 9 4
(Fiber)
027 27 25 2 261 261 250 10 5 DriveLogix DeviceNet (Open Conn.)
032 32 30 3 325 325 315 10 6 DriveLogix EtherNet/IP
041 41 40 3 385 385 355 10
052 52 50 3 416 416 400 10 k
062 62 60 4 460 460 450 11 Control Options
077 77 75 5 502 502 500 11
Code Logix Expansion Synchlink Cassette
099 99 100 5 590 590 560 11
125 125 125 6 650 650 630 12 A No No Expanded
144 144 150 6 750 750 710 12 B No Yes Expanded
170 170 150 9 820 820 800 12 C Yes No Expanded
208 208 200 9 920 920 900 13
D Yes Yes Expanded
261 261 250 10 1K0 1030 1000 13
G N/A No Slim
325 325 350 10 1K1 1180 1100 13
H N/A Yes Slim
385 385 400 10 1K5 1500 1500 14
416 416 450 10 ♣ Note: CE Certification testing has not been Phase II Contol available only.
460 460 450 11 performed on 600V class drives Frames 1…4. Frames 1...9 only.

502 502 500 11 f

590 590 600 11 l
Documentation
650 650 700 12 Feedback
Code Documents
750 750 800 12 Code Option
E English Manual
820 820 900 12 N Standard (Incremental Encoder)
N No Documentation
920 920 1000 13 A Resolver
1K0 1030 1100 13
g B Stegmann Hi-Resolution Encoder
Brake C Multi-Device Interface
1K1 1180 1300 13
Code w/Brake IGBT ‡ E 2nd Encoder
1K5 1500 1600 14
Y Ye s S Safe-Off (w/2nd Encoder)
♣ Note: CE Certification testing has not been
performed on 600V class drives Frames 1…4. N No Stegmann Hi-Res Enc. (w/2nd Encoder)
T
‡ Brake IGBT is standard on Frames 1…3 and U Stegmann Hi-Res Enc. (w/Safe-Off)
d optional on Frames 4…9 only.
One encoder interface included with base drive.
Enclosure
h Expanded cassette required.
Code Description
Brake Resistor
A IP20/IP21, NEMA Type 1, m
with Conformal Coat Code w/Resistor
Additional Config.
Y Yes
IP20, NEMA Type 1, MCC, Code Description
B § N No
with Conformal Coat E Phase II Control
H§ IP54, NEMA Type 12, Rittal, Not available for Frame 3 drives or larger.
K Phase II DriveLogix5730
with Conformal Coat
i L
Phase II DriveLogix5730
N Open/IP00, with with EtherNet/IP
Emission
Conformal Coat This is an embedded EtherNet/IP option that is
Code CE Filter ♣ CM Choke du/dt Filter only available with DriveLogix5730.
IP20 for Frames 1...6, IP21 for Frames 9 & up. A Yes Yes No
§ Frames 10 & up only.
B Yes No No
Frames 9 & up only.
E Yes No Yes
e N§ No No No

HIM Frames 1…6 only.

Code Operator Interface Frames 9 & up only.
0 Blank Cover § For use on a high resistive ground, an
ungrounded distribution system, or a B phase
3 Full Numeric LCD grounded distribution system (Frame 9 only).
C
Full Numeric LCD, ♣ Note: CE Certification testing has not been
Door Mount performed on 600V class drives Frames 1…4.
Frames 10 & up only. Frame 14 only.

16 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

 Selection Considerations Chapter 1

About the PowerFlex 755T The PowerFlex 755T products with TotalFORCE™ control, catalog code
20G…, is available in five different power rating frame sizes (frames 8…12).

Four different input configurations:

• 755TL standalone 3 PH, AC input low harmonic non-regenerative
drive
• 755TR standalone 3 PH, AC input low harmonic regenerative drive
• 755TM common bus inverter (DC input with precharge)
• 755TM common bus inverter (DC input without precharge)

Eight different input voltages;

• 400V AC/540V DC
• 480V AC/650V DC
• 600V AC/810V DC
• 690V AC/932V DC

And three different packaging methods;

• IP00 open
• IP21 Rittal
• IP54 Rittal

PowerFlex 755TM common bus inverters packaged in IP20/IP54 enclosures

have power/control bus bar systems that are mechanically and electrically
compatible with PowerFlex 755TM Bus Supplies and similarly enclosed
PowerFlex 755-Series AC drives. A transition bay is required if connecting a
755T product to existing 755-Series drives.

IMPORTANT To achieve PowerFlex 755T motor control regulator performance equal to or

greater than the PowerFlex 700S, it is highly recommended that you select
the motor voltage feedback Torque Accuracy Module (TAM), control option
code (-C0).

IMPORTANT If you have DC input PowerFlex 700S drives, it is important to understand if

precharge circuits are used. See the DC Input Inverter Considerations on
page 21 for more information.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018 17

Chapter 1 Selection Considerations

PowerFlex 755T Product Catalog Number Explanation

1…3 4 5 6 7 8…10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

20G 1 G 3 D 740 L N A N N N N N -C0-P15…

a b c d e f1…f4 g h i Positions 14…18 are not used. Control and Power Options
a f1 f2
Drive PowerFlex 755 ND Rating PowerFlex 755 ND Rating
Code Type Frames 400V, 50 Hz Input 480V, 60 Hz Input
PowerFlex 755TL Drives 8…10 Code Amps kW Frame Code Amps Hp Frame
20G PowerFlex 755TR Drives 302 302 160 302 302 250
PowerFlex 755TM Common Bus Inverters 8…12
367 367 200 361 361 300
20J PowerFlex 755TM Bus Supplies 8…12 460 460 250 430 430 350
540 540 315 505 505 400
b 8 8
585 585 315 545 545 450
Cooling Type 650 650 355 617 617 500
Code Description Frames 750 750 400 710 710 600
1 Forced Air 8…12 770 770 400 740 740 650
920 920 500 800 800 700
c 1K0 1040 560 960 960 800
Input Type 1K1 1112 630 9 1K0 1045 900 9
Code Description Frames 1K2 1175 710 1K1 1135 1000
D Common Bus with DC Precharge 8…12 1K4 1465 800 1K3 1365 1100
E Common Bus without DC Precharge 8…12 1K6 1590 850 1K4 1420 1250
F Regenerative and Low Harmonic AFE (1) 8…12 1K7 1715 1000 10 1K6 1655 1500 10
G Low Harmonic AFE (2) 8…10 2K1 2156 1250 2K0 2072 1800
2K8 2849 1650 11 2K6 2738 2400 11
(1) Applies to PowerFlex 755TR drives and 755TM bus supplies.
(2) Applies to PowerFlex 755TL drives. 3K5 3542 2000 12 3K4 3404 3000 12

d f3 f4
PowerFlex 755 ND Rating PowerFlex 755 ND Rating
Enclosure
600V, 60 Hz Input 690V, 50 Hz Input
Code Description Frames
Code Amps Hp Frame Code Amps kW Frame
3 IP21, UL Type 1; Floor Mount 8…12
242 242 250 215 215 200
4 IP54, UL Type 12; Floor Mount 8…12
295 295 300 265 265 250
e 355 355 350 330 330 315
8 8
395 395 400 370 370 355
Voltage Rating
435 435 450 415 415 400
Code Voltage
545 545 550 505 505 500
C 400V AC; 3 PH 595 580 600 565 565 560
D 480V AC; 3 PH 690 690 700 650 650 630
E 600V AC; 3 PH 760 760 800 9 735 735 710 9
F 690V AC; 3 PH 825 825 900 820 820 800
980 980 1000 920 920 900
1K1 1045 1100 1K0 1030 1000
1K2 1220 1250 10 1K1 1150 1100 10
1K5 1430 1500 1K4 1419 1400
2K0 1946 2000 11 1K8 1865 1800 11
2K4 2420 2500 12 2K3 2318 2300 12

18 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

 Selection Considerations Chapter 1

1…3 4 5 6 7 8…10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

20J 1 F 3 C 1K6 L N A N N N N N -C1-P16…

a b c d e f5…f8 g h i Positions 14…18 are not used. Control and Power Options
f5 f6
PowerFlex 755TM Bus Supplies ND Rating PowerFlex 755TM Bus Supplies ND Rating
400V, 50 Hz Input 480V, 60 Hz Input
Code Amps kW Frame Code Amps kW Frame
302 324 188 302 311 216
367 394 228 361 371 258
460 494 286 430 442 307
540 579 336 505 519 361
8 8
585 628 364 545 560 390
650 698 405 617 635 442
750 805 467 710 730 508
770 826 479 740 761 529
920 987 572 800 823 573
1K0 1116 647 960 987 687
1K1 1193 692 9 1K0 1075 748 9
1K2 1261 731 1K1 1167 812
1K4 1570 910 1K3 1404 977
1K6 1697 984 1K4 1460 1016
1K7 1840 1067 10 1K6 1702 1184 10
2K1 2314 1342 2K0 2131 1483
2K8 3057 1772 11 2K6 2816 1959 11
3K5 3801 2204 12 3K4 3501 2436 12

f7 f8
PowerFlex 755TM Bus Supplies ND Rating PowerFlex 755TM Bus Supplies ND Rating
600V, 60 Hz Input 690V, 50 Hz Input
Code Amps kW Frame Code Amps kW Frame
242 249 217 215 221 221
295 303 263 265 272 272
355 365 317 330 339 339
8 8
395 406 353 370 380 380
435 447 389 415 426 426
545 560 487 505 518 518
595 596 518 565 580 580
690 710 617 650 667 667
760 782 680 9 735 754 754 9
825 848 737 820 842 842
980 1008 877 920 944 944
1K1 1075 935 1K0 1057 1057
1K2 1255 1091 10 1K1 1180 1180 10
1K5 1471 1279 1K4 1456 1456
2K0 2001 1740 11 1K8 1914 1914 11
2K4 2489 2164 12 2K3 2379 2379 12

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018 19

Chapter 1 Selection Considerations

1…3 4 5 6 7 8…10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

20G 1 D 3 F 2K3 M N D N N N N N -C0-C11-P15…

a b c d e f9…f12 g h i
Positions 14…18 are not used. Control and Power Options
f9 f10 g
PowerFlex 755TM Common Bus Inverter ND Rating PowerFlex 755TM Common Bus Inverter ND Rating Filtering and CM Cap Configuration
400V, 50 Hz Input 480V, 60 Hz Input Reflected Wave
Code EMC Filtering PE-A (1) PE-B
Code Amps kW Frame Code Amps Hp Frame Filtering
302 302 160 302 302 250 J Yes Installed Removed No
367 367 200 361 361 300 K Yes Installed Removed Yes
460 460 250 430 430 350 L No Installed Removed No
540 540 315 505 505 400 M No Installed Removed Yes
8 8
585 585 315 545 545 450 (1) Setting does not apply to product type 20G with input types
650 650 355 617 617 500 D and E. PE-A jumpers are removed when bus conditioner
750 750 400 710 710 600 for marine applications (-P51) is selected.
770 770 400 740 740 650
920 920 500 800 800 700
h
1K0 1040 560 960 960 800 Dynamic Braking (1)
1K1 1112 630 9 1K0 1045 900 9 Code Internal Resistor Internal Transistor
1K2 1175 710 1K1 1135 1000 N No No
1K4 1465 800 1K3 1365 1100 (1) Not available on Frames 8…12, specify Code ‘N’.
1K6 1590 850 1K4 1420 1250
1K7 1715 1000 10 1K6 1655 1500 10 i
2K1 2156 1250 2K0 2072 1800 Door-mounted HIM (Frames 8…10)
2K8 2849 1650 11 2K6 2738 2400 11 Code Operator Interface and Control
3K5 3542 2000 12 3K4 3404 3000 12 No Door-mounted HIM
A with TotalFORCE Control
f11 f12 D
Enhanced LCD, Full Numeric, IP66, NEMA Type 4X/12 with
TotalFORCE Control
PowerFlex 755TM Common Bus Inverter ND Rating PowerFlex 755TM Common Bus Inverter ND Rating
600V, 60 Hz Input 690V, 50 Hz Input
Code Amps Hp Frame Code Amps kW Frame
20G Control Options Selection
242 242 250 215 215 200 Code Option Frames Input Type
295 295 300 265 265 250 C0 Torque Accuracy Module 8…12 D, E, F, G
355 355 350 330 330 315 C11 Single Pod (with Control Bay) (1) 8…12 D, E
8 8 C12 Dual Pod (with Control Bay) (1) 8…12 D, E
395 395 400 370 370 355
435 435 450 415 415 400 (1) When code ‘D’ is selected in position 13, code C11 includes
545 545 550 505 505 500 one door-mounted HIM and code C12 includes two door-
595 580 600 565 565 560 mounted HIMs.
690 690 700 650 650 630
760 760 800 9 735 735 710 9 20J Control Options Selection
825 825 900 820 820 800 Code Option Frames Input Type
980 980 1000 920 920 900 Control Transformer
C1 8…12 F
(Internal 240V) (1)
1K1 1045 1100 1K0 1030 1000
1K2 1220 1250 10 1K1 1150 1100 10 (1) This option only applies to 755TM regenerative and low
1K5 1430 1500 1K4 1419 1400 harmonic bus supplies. If this option is not selected, a 240V
2K0 1946 2000 11 1K8 1865 1800 11
AC, single-phase, neutral grounded external power source
must be supplied by the customer.
2K4 2420 2500 12 2K3 2318 2300 12
20G Power Options Selection
Code Option Frames Input Type
P15 Top Cable Exit w/wiring bay 8…12 D, E, F, G
P16 Top Cable Entry w/wiring bay 10…12 F, G
P17 Top Cable Entry no wiring bay 8… 9 F, G
P46 System DC Bus (4700 Amp) 8…10 D, E
P50 DC Bus Conditioner 8…12 F, G
DC Bus Conditioner – Marine
P51 8…12 F, G
Applications

20J Power Options Selection

Code Option Frames Input Type
P16 Top Cable Entry w/wiring bay 10…12 F
P17 Top Cable Entry no wiring bay 8… 9 F
P46 System DC Bus (4700 Amp) 8…10 F
P50 DC Bus Conditioner 8…12 F
DC Bus Conditioner – Marine
P51 8…12 F
Applications

20 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

 Selection Considerations Chapter 1

DC Input Inverter Considerations

PowerFlex 700S DC input drives are not supplied with precharging circuits. If
required, you must add the precharge circuits. PowerFlex 755TM common bus
inverters can be ordered with or without precharge circuits.

IMPORTANT If you have DC input PowerFlex 700S drives it is important to understand if

precharge circuits are used so you can choose the correct PowerFlex 755TM
common bus inverter precharge configuration. It is the responsibility of the
designer to make sure that the correct PowerFlex 755TM common bus
inverter precharge configuration is chosen. If you have concerns about your
DC input common bus PowerFlex 700S drive system configurations consult
an Authorized Rockwell Automation Distributor specialist, Solution Partner,
Recognized System Integrator or Rockwell Automation account manager to
discuss PowerFlex 700S DC input drive migration solutions.

See the DC Input Electrical Cross Reference on page 51 for PowerFlex 755TM
common bus inverter selection information.

ATTENTION: Applying a PowerFlex 755TM common bus inverter without

precharge with an existing common bus inverter DC disconnect or with no
method of safely precharging the DC bus capacitors in the drive may result in
serious damage to the DC bus supply and PowerFlex 755TM common bus
inverters.

WARNING: Failure to properly apply this equipment may cause dangerous

over currents, possible explosion, and arc flash conditions that can lead to
personal injury or death.

DC power and control circuit busbars may not be available, standard, or

optional for PowerFlex 700S DC input drives and PowerFlex 755TM common
bus inverters. Use the following table to identify the existence and rating of DC
power and control busbars.
Table 2 - Power and Control Busbar Rating Comparison
Description PowerFlex 700S DC Input PowerFlex 755TM Common Bus Inverter
DC Power — (s) frames 8…10; 3000 A DC
Busbars (s) frames 11…12; 4700 A DC
(o) frames 8…10; 4700 A DC, specify power option code (-P46)
Control Power — (s) Primary control 240V AC, 1 PH, 100 A
busbars (s) Auxiliary 24V DC, 100 A
(s) User 120/240V AC, 1 PH, 100 A

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018 21

Chapter 1 Selection Considerations

The DC power busbars and control busbars within the IP21/IP54 enclosed
PowerFlex 755TM common bus inverters are not mechanically or electrically
compatible with the busbars in any PowerFlex 700S enclosures. A transition
enclosure may be required if the new PowerFlex 755TM common bus inverters
must interface electrically and mechanically with existing common bus
converter/inverter power and control busbars. Contact an Authorized
Rockwell Automation Distributor specialist, Solution Partner, Recognized
System Integrator or Rockwell Automation account manager to discuss
engineered solutions for these PowerFlex 700S migrations.

IMPORTANT When a PowerFlex 755TM common bus inverter and PowerFlex 755TM bus
supply are used together, the DC bus bar ratings must match. PowerFlex
755TM 3000 A and 4700 A busbars are not compatible with each other. If any
4700 A busbars are used, then all frame 8…10 drives and bus supplies must
have the 4700 A DC bus option (-P46) installed. See publication DRIVES-
AT005, for detailed information regarding PowerFlex 755TM DC busbar
compatibility.

AC Input Drive Power Source PowerFlex 700S frame 9…14 AC input drives include a standard iron core AC
input line reactor and are typically powered from an isolation transformer with
Considerations a solid ground X0 connection. This is the recommended power source and
grounding method. See the existing PowerFlex 700S AC input power source
wiring diagrams to confirm the following power source electrical information:
• kVA
• primary voltage
• secondary voltage
• % impedance
• secondary winding configuration
• grounding method, solid ground X0, resistance grounded, ungrounded
• other electrical equipment powered from the secondary of the
transformer

All PowerFlex 755TL/TR drives have an active front end converter with LCL
filter. To ensure the PowerFlex 755TL/TR drives will operate reliably with the
existing power source consider the following recommendations around power
source sizing, grounding, and shared AC loads.

22 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

 Selection Considerations Chapter 1

Power Source Sizing

PowerFlex 755TL/TR drives are suitable for use on a power source having a
short circuit current rating of 100,000 Arms symmetrical amperes at 400/480/
600V and 65,000A rms symmetrical amperes at 690V. The actual short circuit
rating may be further limited by an interrupting capacity rating of user-
supplied branch circuit fuses and circuit breaker.

The PowerFlex 755TL/TR drives must not be used on undersized or high-

impedance supply systems. The supply system kVA must be equal to or greater
than the drive kW, and the system impedance must be less than 10%.
Operation outside these limits can cause instability resulting in PowerFlex
755TL/TR drive shutdown.

PowerFlex 755TL/TR kVA

System Impedance =  ------------------------------------------------------------------  Transformer % Impedance
Transformer kVA

You must take into account the kVA of all PowerFlex 755TL/TR drives on the
distribution system and the system impedance of upstream transformers. See
publication DRIVES-IN001 for more information.

Other Loads Powered from the AC Power Source

Full-wave, three-phase, 6-pulse rectifiers are used by most standard AC drives

that are powered from AC power sources. If 6-pulse rectifiers share the AC
input source with PowerFlex 755TL/TR drives, follow these
recommendations.
• Apply an appropriately-sized isolation transformer to the AC input side
of the PowerFlex 755TL/TR to help isolate any unwanted harmonics
that are commonly associated with 6-pulse loads.
• If an isolation transformer cannot be used, consider the following
recommendations:
– If the 6-pulse rectifiers are equipped with 3% AC line reactors, the
combined 6-pulse rectifier load cannot exceed 150% of the
PowerFlex 755TL/TR drive rating.
– If the 6-pulse rectifiers are equipped with integral DC link chokes,
the combined 6-pulse rectifier load cannot exceed 40% of the
PowerFlex 755TL/TR drive rating.

If the PowerFlex 755TL/TR product is connected to an AC source with

additional drives or devices that are equipped with active front end converters
sharing that same AC input line source, it is recommended to install an
appropriately sized isolation transformer between the power source and the
AC input of each PowerFlex 755TL/TR drive.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018 23

Chapter 1 Selection Considerations

Power Source Grounding

The PowerFlex 755TL/TR drive safety ground (PE terminal) must be

connected to the power system ground. Ground impedance must conform to
the requirements of national and local industrial safety regulations and/or
electrical codes. Check the integrity of all ground connections periodically.

PowerFlex 700S AC input drives could be used with various grounding

methods. PowerFlex 755TL/TR drives can be used with similar grounding
methods. There are special considerations depending on the power source
grounding method. A single point (PE only) grounding scheme should be
used. Some applications may require alternate grounding schemes. These
applications include installations with long distances between drives or drive
line-ups, which could cause large potential differences between the drive or
line-up grounds. See Wiring and Grounding Guidelines for Pulse-width
Modulated (PWM) AC Drives, publication DRIVES-IN001, for more
information.

Use Table 3 as a guide to required power conditioning options for the

PowerFlex 755TL/TR drives. This table only refers to power conditioning as it
applies to AC power source grounding.
Table 3 - AC Power Source Grounding Comparison
Power Source Grounding Method PowerFlex 755 TL/TR Drive Considerations
Wye secondary, X0 solid ground • DC Bus Conditioner not required.
• Power Filter Jumpers; PE-A/PE-A1/PE-A2, and PE-B1
jumpers installed per publication 750-IN100.
Wye secondary, X0 resistance grounded with ground • Specify power option code (–P50) DC Bus
fault indicator Conditioner. The drive is factory-shipped with the DC
Bus Conditioner(s) installed within the drive
enclosure.
• Power filter jumpers; PE-A/PE-A1/PE-A2, and PE-B1
jumpers must be set per publication 750-IN100.
Delta secondary, ungrounded with artificial ground (zig- • Specify power option code (–P50) DC Bus
zag) transformer and ground fault indicator Conditioner. The drive is factory-shipped with the DC
Bus Conditioner(s) installed within the drive
enclosure.
• Power filter jumpers; PE-A/PE-A1/PE-A2, and PE-B1
jumpers must be set per publication 750-IN100.

If you are using DC input common bus inverters, the power conditioning
requirements for the various grounding methods depend on the bus supply
converter being used. If you are using a PowerFlex 700AFE bus supply, see
Drives in Common Bus Configurations application technique, publication
DRIVES-AT002. If you are using a PowerFlex 755TM bus supply, refer to
Drives in Common Bus Configuration with PowerFlex 755TM Bus Supplies
application technique, publication DRIVES-AT005.

24 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

 Selection Considerations Chapter 1

Recommended Grounding Scheme

For installations where the drive is within an enclosure, use a safety ground
point or ground busbar to connect directly to building steel. All circuits
including the AC input ground conductor must be grounded independently
and directly to this point or ground busbar. Rockwell Automation
recommends a wye secondary isolation transformer with a solid grounded X0
connection (Figure 1).

IMPORTANT You must install jumper conductors or splices between the PE bus bar
terminals of adjacent enclosures.

Figure 1 - Recommended Grounding Method

DC+ DC+
DC- DC-

Input Bay Power Bay

To Line PE (Input Bay)

U (T1)
PE PE V (T2)
PE PE
W (T3)

R (L1) To PE (Power Bay)

S (L2) SHLD
T (L3)

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018 25

Chapter 1 Selection Considerations

EMI Filters The PowerFlex 755TL/TR drive standard EMI filtering is obtained by
selecting catalog code (-L) or (-M) in catalog position ‘g’. Additional EMI
filtering can be supplied by specifying catalog code (-J) or (-K) in catalog
position ‘g’. The (-J) and (-K) option codes add ferrite cores to AC lines after
the precharge circuits.

If option code (-J) or (-K) EMI filtering is required for EMC compliance, then
CM jumper PE-B1 may need to be connected (IN). See Power Filter Jumpers
on page 26 and the PowerFlex 750-Series Products with TotalFORCE Control
installation instructions, publication 750-IN100, for more information about
power filter jumper settings.

Power Filter Jumpers

The power filter jumper configuration of the new PowerFlex 755TL/TR,

PowerFlex 755TM common bus inverters is an important part of your
migration.

See PowerFlex 750-Series Products with TotalFORCE Control installation

instructions, publication 750-IN100 for detailed information about the use
and location of the power filter jumpers.

Figure 2 - PowerFlex 755T Power Jumpers

MOV and AC Common Mode Capacitor
R/L1
S/L2
T/L3
2 3 4 2 3 4 2 3 4

1 1 1

PE–A PE–A1 PE–A2

• PE-A, MOV on the AC precharge circuit board

DC Common Mode Capacitor • PE-A1, MOV on the TVSS module
• PE-A2, Common Mode Capacitors on the AC
DC+ Common Mode Filter circuit board
• PE-B1, Common Mode Capacitors on the Line
Side Power Interface circuit boards
DC– PE-B1 • PE-A, PE-A1, PE-A2 not used with PowerFlex
755TM common bus inverters

IMPORTANT Unless equipped with power option code -P51 (Marine Bus Conditioner), the
default factory settings for the power filter jumpers is; PE-A, PE-A1, PE-A2
jumpers in the connected (IN) position and the PE-B1 jumper in the
disconnected (OUT) position. If necessary, reconfigure the power filter
jumpers as required by the power source grounding method and EMC
requirements. When the -P51 option is selected, the factory jumper settings
change.

26 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

 Selection Considerations Chapter 1

IMPORTANT There could be multiple PE-A2 jumpers depending on the frame size of the
PowerFlex 755TL/TR drive. Each LCL Filter roll-in assembly has a separate PE-
A2 jumper. All PE-A2 jumpers MUST be in the same position.

IMPORTANT There could be multiple PE-B1 jumpers depending on the frame size of the
PowerFlex 755TL/TR drive or PowerFlex 755TM common bus inverter. Each
IGBT power supply roll-in assembly has a separate PE-B1 jumper. All PE-B1
jumpers MUST be in the same position.

IMPORTANT If additional EMI filtering is specified by catalog code (-J) or (-K) in position
‘g’ of the catalog number and EMI filtering is required for EMC compliance,
then CM jumper PE-B1 may need to be connected (IN). It is important to
consider the EMC requirements and grounding configuration of the power
source. Certain power source grounding configurations may require removal
of the PE-B1 power jumpers. Please contact an Authorized Rockwell
Automation Distributor specialist, Solution Partner, Recognized System
Integrator or Rockwell Automation account manager to discuss EMC,
grounding and power jumper settings if your system does not match
Rockwell Automation recommendations.

The general recommendation is that all connected DC input common bus

inverters have their respective DC common mode (PE-B1) jumpers in the
disconnected (OUT) position when powered by a PowerFlex 755TM bus
supply. See the applicable sections of publication DRIVES-AT005.

Circuit Protection Branch circuit protection must be provided in accordance with all applicable
electrical codes (CEC/CSA/NEC) and any additional or equivalent local
electrical installation codes.

User-supplied protective device (fuse and circuit breaker) sizing may be

different between equivalent PowerFlex 700S and PowerFlex 755TL/TR
drives or PowerFlex 755TM common bus inverters. Verify that the existing
protective devices are suitable for use with the selected PowerFlex 755
products. It may be necessary to change the types and ratings of the existing
user-supplied protective devices with the new 755T products.

See the manuals for the PowerFlex 700S and PowerFlex 755T products,
publications 20D-TD002 and 750-TD100 respectively. Fuse and Circuit
Breaker Ratings selection tables to compare requirements for external
protective devices.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018 27

Chapter 1 Selection Considerations

Example #1: External AC Input Branch Circuit Protection Device Compatibility Check

The following screen captures show the external circuit protection fuses that
are required for a PowerFlex 700S AC input frame 10, normal euty, 480V AC,
460 A, IP21 Rittal, catalog code ‘D460’ and the equivalent PowerFlex 755TL/
TR frame 8, normal duty, 480V AC, 505 A, catalog current code ‘F/G…D505’.

The PowerFlex 700S drive did not have factory-installed DC input fusing and
should have had either 600…1000 A time delay or 600…1300 A non-time
delay user-supplied branch circuit fuses.

The PowerFlex 755TL/TR drives have integral 900 A high speed

semiconductor fuses and may not require external branch circuit protection
devices. If external branch circuit fuses are reused or required, the
recommended fuse rating per the table should be 650…800 A time delay or
650…1500 A non-time delay fuses.

The existing external branch circuit protection fuses can be reused.

IMPORTANT Figure 3 and Figure 4 are for illustrative purposes only. Do not use these for
fuse selection.

Figure 3 - PowerFlex 700S, IP21 Rittal Frame 10, 460 A, Normal Duty, Catalog Code ‘D460’,
Required External AC Input Fuses

28 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

 Selection Considerations Chapter 1

Figure 4 - PowerFlex 755TR/TL Drive, Frame 8, 505 A, Normal Duty, Catalog Code ‘F/G…D505’,
Integral and Recommended External AC Input Fuses

Example #2: External DC Input Branch Circuit Protection Device Compatibility Check

The following screen captures show the external circuit protection fuses
required for a PowerFlex 700S DC input Frame 10, Normal Duty, 650V DC,
460 A, IP21 Rittal, catalog code ‘J460’ and the equivalent PowerFlex 755TM
common bus inverter, frame 8, normal duty, 650V DC, 505 A, catalog current
code ‘D/E…D505’.

The PowerFlex 700S drive did not have factory-installed DC input fusing and
should have had 900 A, non-time delay (Bussman) user-supplied branch circuit
fuses.

The PowerFlex 755TM common bus inverters have integral 1400 A high speed
semiconductor fuses and may not require external branch circuit protection
devices. If external branch circuit fuses are required or reused, the continuous
DC input current is 558A DC so the recommended fuse rating should be
700…1400 A, non-time delay fuses.

The existing external branch circuit protection fuses can be reused.

Figure 5 - PowerFlex 700S, IP21 Rittal Frame 10, 460 A, Normal Duty, Catalog Code ‘J460’,
Required External DC Input Fuses

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018 29

Chapter 1 Selection Considerations

Figure 6 - PowerFlex 755TM Common Bus Inverter, Frame 8, 505 A, Normal Duty, Catalog Code
‘D/E…D505’, Integral DC Input Fuses

Power Cables The PowerFlex 700S IP20/IP21/IP54 enclosed drives used various AC and
DC power connection methods. If you intend to reuse any of the existing AC
power cables, review the installation and verify that the cables, lugs, and other
cable ratings meet the requirements of the new PowerFlex 755TL/TR drives or
PowerFlex 755TM common bus inverters.

PowerFlex 755TL/TR drives and PowerFlex 755TM common bus inverters

with IP21/IP54 enclosures are connected to the required AC or DC power
source with two hole UL Listed crimp barrel lugs that are bolted to the internal
power busbars or bus stubs.

Recommended cable description;

• Three tinned copper conductors with XLPE insulation and three bare
copper ground conductors.
• Minimum insulation rating 600V, 75 °C (167 °F)
• Maximum 500 MCM copper conductors, multiple parallel conductors
may be required per phase.
• Shielded cable with continuous aluminum armor, copper braid/
aluminum foil combination shield, and tinned copper drain wire, three
drain wires per cable assembly, although not necessary, is recommended
and may be required to meet some EMC standards for CE, C-Tick, or
FCC.
• Armored cable with PVC jacket.

ATTENTION: National Codes and standards (NEC, VDE, CSA, BSI, and so
forth) and local codes outline provisions for safely installing electrical
equipment. Installation must comply with specifications regarding wire
types, conductor sizes, branch circuit protection, and disconnect devices.
Failure to do so may result in personal injury and/or equipment damage.

30 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

 Selection Considerations Chapter 1

IMPORTANT Refer to Wiring and Grounding Guidelines for Pulse-width Modulated

(PWM) AC Drives, publication DRIVES-IN001, for detailed installation
planning guidelines.

Other Power Circuit Considerations

If your application requires the use of AC input contactors, motor output

contactors, bypass contactors, or other power circuit devices, refer to the
appropriate sections of the PowerFlex 750-Series Products with TotalFORCE
Control installation manual, publication 750-IN100. It is important to ensure
that interrupting the AC input and/or motor output circuits of the PowerFlex
755T product is handled correctly to prevent malfunctions, damage, and
operational issues with the equipment.

Control Power The PowerFlex 700S IP20/IP21/IP54 enclosed AC and DC input do not have
a factory supplied source of 120V AC or 240V AC control power. If 120V AC
or 240V AC control power was required for user installed electrical equipment
an external protected 120V AC or 240V AC power supply was required. The
PowerFlex 700S IP20/IP21/IP54 enclosed drives do not support control
power distribution busbars.

PowerFlex 755T products include standard control busbars for primary

control 240V AC 1 phase 50/60 Hz, auxiliary 24V DC busbars and User 120/
240V AC. Note the following regarding control power requirements:
• Primary 240V AC control power is required.
– PowerFlex 755TL/TR IP21/IP54 enclosed drives include standard
240V AC, 1 PH, 50/60 Hz control circuit transformer(s).
– PowerFlex 755TM common bus inverters IP21/IP54 require an
external user-supplied and protected 240V AC, 1 PH, 50/60 Hz
power supply. See Table 5 on page 33. The PowerFlex 755TM
common bus inverter cannot be supplied with an optional internal
control transformer.
• 24V DC auxiliary control power is not required for basic operation of
the PowerFlex 755T products. The 24V DC auxiliary control power is
used to maintain logic and communication power if the 240V AC
primary control power is shut down. If 24V DC auxiliary power is used,
a properly sized external 24V DC power supply must be provided by the
user to energize the Auxiliary 24V DC busbars. Auxiliary 24V DC
power supply requirements must be calculated by the user. See
Specification and Features Comparison on page 35 for PowerFlex 755T
auxiliary 24V DC power supply requirements.
• User 120/240V AC control power is not required for operation of the
PowerFlex 755T products. The User 120/240V AC busbars are not
used by the PowerFlex 755T products and if energized by a user-
supplied power supply is available for user-installed control devices.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018 31

Chapter 1 Selection Considerations

Connections are made to the control busbars using a 20-750-CTRLBUS-

CONN1 control bus connector. Taps from the control bus connector are rated
for 10 A.

External 240V AC control power requirements greater than 10 A total can be

made using the Control Bus Connector, 0-750-MCTRLBUS-CONN2. This
connector is rated for 100 A to match the control bus rating.

ATTENTION: If an internal control transformer is installed, DO NOT connect

external 240V AC control power. Severe damage to the PowerFlex 755T and
external power supplies could occur.

IMPORTANT The PowerFlex 755T product control busbars and splice kits are not
compatible with other enclosure busbar systems that may have been used
with PowerFlex 700S drives. If it is necessary to connect to existing control
busbars, the migration solution designer is responsible for the proper design
and installation of any busbar transition equipment required.

Figure 7 - PowerFlex 755T Control Bus Configuration (Shown with External 240V AC Control
Power Connector)

32 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

 Selection Considerations Chapter 1

Table 4 - Standard and Optional Control Power Comparison

Description PowerFlex 700S PowerFlex 755TL/TR and PowerFlex 755TM Common Bus Inverter
240V AC Primary — (s) Primary 240V AC, 1 PH, control busbars, 100 A.
Control Power (s) PowerFlex 755TL/TR (input type catalog code F and G) internal 240V
AC 1phase 50/60Hz control transformer(s).
(s) PowerFlex 755TM common bus inverter (input type catalog code D
and E), require user-supplied 240V AC 1 phase 50/60 Hz control power.
See Table 5 for 240V AC power requirements.
• The PowerFlex 755T packaged product uses the primary 240V AC
control busbars to supply 240V AC, 1 PH, control power to various
circuits. Primary control power is required.
• PowerFlex 755TM common bus inverter (DC input type catalog code D
and E) cannot be specified with the optional control transformer.
24V DC Auxiliary — (s) Auxiliary 24V DC busbars, 100 A.
Control Power • User-supplied 24V DC control power. See Specifications and Features
table in this document for PowerFlex 755T 24V DC power
requirements.
• The PowerFlex 755T packaged product uses these busbars to supply
24V DC auxiliary power to various circuits if the 240V AC primary
control power is shut off.
120/240V AC User — (s) User 120/240V AC control busbars, 100 A.
Control Power • User-supplied 120V AC or 240V AC, 1 PH, control power.
• The User 120/240V AC control power and busbars are not used by
PowerFlex 755T product.

Table 5 - PowerFlex 755TM Common Bus Inverter 240V AC Control Power Requirements
Common Bus Required With DC Precharge Required Without DC Precharge Required for Optional Wiring Bays (Arms)
Inverter DC Input (Input Type Code D) (Arms) (Input Type Code E) (Arms)
Frame
IP21 Enclosure IP54 Enclosure IP21 Enclosure IP54 Enclosure Entry Exit
(Power Opt Code –P16) (Power Opt Code –P15)
8 5.5 7.5 3.5 5.5 — 0.39
9 10.3 12.4 6.3 8.4 — 0.39
10 15.2 19.2 9.2 13.2 — 0.39
11 20.0 24.1 12.0 16.1 — 0.39
12 24.9 30.9 14.9 20.9 — 0.39

Note the following regarding PowerFlex 755TM common bus inverter user-
supplied 240V AC primary control power:
• External user-supplied 240V AC primary control power source must be
240V AC, 50/60 Hz, 1 PH, and must have the neutral conductor
grounded.
• User-supplied branch circuit protection is required to protect the
240V AC control circuit connectors and busbars.
• If the total 240V AC control power current exceeds 100 A, you must
split the control bus and apply separate 240V AC control power to
groups of drives.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018 33

Chapter 1 Selection Considerations

• Calculate the required external control 240V AC control circuit current

from the loading data that is shown in Table 5 on page 33.
a. Add the current required for applicable Entry and Exit wiring bays.
b. When selecting an external control transformer power or VA rating,
multiply the total current requirement by 240V AC. Multiply this
value by 1.25 to ensure the transformer can supply inrush currents.

EXAMPLE Quantity 2 x frame 10 PowerFlex 755TM common bus inverters with

precharge, IP54 enclosure with optional entry wiring bay.
– External 240V AC control current required =
(19.2 + 0.39) x 2 = 39.2 A
– Is the total 240V AC control bus current less than 100 A? Yes.
– Calculate the VA rating of the external transformer =
39.2 A x 240V x 1.25 = 11,760VA
A standard-size control transformer rated 12…15 kVA is an
acceptable solution for this example.

Inverter Output Filtering The PowerFlex 700S drive did not offer factory-installed inverter output
filters. If filters were used, they were supplied separately or as part of an
engineered system. Typically, output reactors, dv/dt, Reflective Wave
Reduction (RWR), or possibly sine-wave filters were used if inverter output
filtering was required to reduce reflected wave voltage at the motor terminals.

The PowerFlex 755TL/TR drive or PowerFlex TM common bus inverter can

be supplied with an optional factory-installed RWR filter. The filter consists of
a low-impedance iron core reactor with damping resistors. Inverter output
filtering is specified by catalog code (-K) or (-M) in position ‘g’ of the catalog
number.

It is possible to use the existing inverter output filter, however, it may be

necessary to operate the drive in a certain mode or adjust certain parameters to
verify the drive is tuned correctly and operates with a suitable motor control
method. This is typically required if dv/dt or sine-wave filters are used.
Contact an Authorized Rockwell Automation Distributor specialist, Solution
Partner, Recognized System Integrator or Rockwell Automation account
manager to discuss these types of inverter output filters.

34 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

 Selection Considerations Chapter 1

Specification and Features Table 6 - Input Power and Features

Comparison Description PowerFlex 700S, F9…F14 PowerFlex 755TL/TR Drive and
PowerFlex 755TM Common Bus
Inverter, F8…F12
Cat. No. 20D… Cat. No. 20G…
AC Input DC Input 755TL/TR 755TM CBI
Voltage Class, nominal input 400/480V AC 540/648V DC 400V AC 540V DC
voltage 600/690V AC 810/931V DC 480V AC 650V DC
600V AC 810V DC
690V AC 932V DC
Input Phases 3 PH only — 3 PH only —
Converter Type 6-pulse — active front end —
Voltage Tolerance for drive See Voltage +/- 10% of Refer to Voltage +/- 10% of
full output power Tolerance nominal Tolerance nominal
derating derating
information in information in
publication 20D- publication 750-
TD002 TD100
Input Frequency Range 47…63 Hz — 47…63 Hz —
Displacement Power Factor 0.98 — 0.98 default, —
adjustable
Power Factor Control — (s) —
Efficiency at rated amps, 97.5% 97.0% 97.0%
nominal AC line voltage
Maximum Short Circuit Depends on interrupting capacity of 100 kA, 400…600V AC
Current Capacity (SCCR) external branch circuit protective device 65 kA, 690V AC

(Actual short circuit current

rating may be further limited
by interrupting capacity
rating of customer supplied
branch circuit protection
devices)
Input Harmonic Filter (s) 3…5% AC — (s) active front —
Line Reactor end with LCL filter
Transient Protection Power, up to 6000Vpk per Up to 2000 volts line-to-line and 4000
IEEE C62.41-1991 volts line-to-ground per IEC 61800-3
Control Circuit, showering arc transients Control Circuit, meets EMC standards
up to 1500Vpk
Input disconnect Input disconnect and circuit protection (s) Motor Operated Circuit Breaker with
devices were not included in the basic shunt trip, high-speed fuses
enclosed drive package.
DC Bus precharger (s) Controlled Precharge circuits (s) AC Contactor (s) Contactor and
rectifier and not included and resistors resistors, Input
resistors Type catalog code
(D)
(s) Precharge
circuits not
included, Input
Type catalog code
(E)

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018 35

Chapter 1 Selection Considerations

Table 6 - Input Power and Features (Continued)

Description PowerFlex 700S, F9…F14 PowerFlex 755TL/TR Drive and
PowerFlex 755TM Common Bus
Inverter, F8…F12
Cat. No. 20D… Cat. No. 20G…
AC Input DC Input 755TL/TR 755TM CBI
DC Bus Conditioner or Filter — (o) May be (s) Installed May be required,
required, refer to within the drive refer to
publication enclosure. publication
DRIVES-AT002. (o) Additional DRIVES-AT005.
Installed external units may be Installed within
to the active front required the PowerFlex
end enclosure. depending on 755TM bus supply
system grounding enclosure.
method. Specify
power option
code (-P50) for
resistance or
ungrounded
power systems.
Optional units are
factory installed
within drive
enclosure.
Harmonic Compliance — — IEEE 519 —
Control Power (s) user-supplied control circuit power (s) Internal 240V (s) user-supplied
AC, 1 PH, 50/60 Hz 240V AC, 1 PH,
control 50/60 Hz, neutral
transformer grounded,
+/-10% of
nominal.
See Table 5.
Auxiliary 24V DC Control (o) Requires Auxiliary Power Supply (o) user-supplied (o) user-supplied
Power option board (20-24V-AUX1) 24V DC +/-5% of 24V DC +/-5% of
nominal; nominal;
Frame 8, 213 W Frame 8, 157 W
Frame 9, 276 W Frame 9, 188 W
Frame 10, 339 W Frame 10, 220 W

Frame 11, 402 W Frame 11, 251 W

Frame 12, 465 W Frame 12, 283 W

(o) Torque (o) Torque

Accuracy Module Accuracy Module
(TAM); (TAM);
All frames, add All frames, add
5W 5W

36 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

 Selection Considerations Chapter 1

Table 7 - Output Power and Features

Description PowerFlex 700S, F9…F14 PowerFlex 755TL/TR Drive and
PowerFlex 755TM Common Bus
Inverter, F8…F12
Cat. No. 20D… Cat. No. 20G…
400V AC Class, Normal Duty Output IP21/IP54 Rittal: 755TL drive:
Ratings • 261…1450 A, ND • 302…2156 A, ND
• 132…800 kW, ND • 160…1250 kW, ND
IP20 MCC; 755TR drive, 755TM CBI:
• 385…1030 A, ND • 302…3542 A, ND
• 200…560 kW, ND • 160…2000 kW, ND
480V AC Class, Normal Duty Output IP21/IP54 Rittal; 755TL drive:
Ratings • 261…1450 A, ND • 302…2072 ADC, ND
• 200…1250 Hp, ND • 250…1800 Hp, ND
IP20 MCC; 755TR drive, 755TM CBI:
• 385…1030 A, ND • 302…3404 A, ND
• 300…900 Hp, ND • 250…3000 Hp, ND
600V AC Class, Normal Duty Output IP21/IP54 Rittal: 755TL drive:
Ratings 170…1500 A, ND • 242…1430 A, ND
150…1600 Hp, ND • 250…1500 Hp, ND
IP20 MCC: 755TR drive, 755TM CBI:
• 242…2420 A, ND
261…820 A, ND • 250…2500 Hp, ND
250…900 Hp, ND
690V AC Class, Normal Duty Output IP21/IP54 Rittal: 755TL drive:
Ratings 170…1500 A, ND • 215…1419 A, ND
160…1500 kW, ND • 200…1400 kW, ND
IP20 MCC: 755TR drive, 755TM CBI:
• 215…2318 A, ND
261…820 A, ND • 200…2300 kW, ND
186…671 kW, ND
Nominal DC Bus Voltage 400V Class; 594V DC 400V Class; 580V DC
480V Class; 712V DC 480V Class; 696V DC
600V Class; 890V DC 600V Class; 870V DC
690V Class; 1025V DC 690V Class; 1000V DC
Output Control Method Sine-coded PWM Sine-coded PWM
PWM Carrier Frequency Rated output; 2 kHz Rated output; 1.33 kHz
Adjustable; 4, 6, 8, 10 kHz, derating Adjustable; 2, 4 kHz, derating may
may apply, see publication 20D- apply, see publication
TD002 750-TD100
Output Voltage Range 0 to rated motor voltage 0 to rated motor voltage
Output Fundamental Frequency 0…400 Hz, derating may be 0…325 Hz with 1.33 kHz and 2 kHz
Range required over 320 Hz carrier
0…590 Hz with 4 kHz carrier
Current Limit Capability 0…800% of rated input current 20…160% of rated input current
60 s Overload ND = 110% LD = 110%
HD = 150% ND = 110%
HD = 150%
3 s Overload ND = 150% LD = —
HD = 180% ND = 150%
HD = 180%

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018 37

Chapter 1 Selection Considerations

Table 7 - Output Power and Features (Continued)

Description PowerFlex 700S, F9…F14 PowerFlex 755TL/TR Drive and
PowerFlex 755TM Common Bus
Inverter, F8…F12
Cat. No. 20D… Cat. No. 20G…
Applicable Motor Types Induction (IM) Induction (IM)
Surface Permanent Magnet (SPM) Permanent Magnet (future firmware
releases)
Electronic Motor Overload Class 10 motor overload protection Class 10 motor overload protection
according to NEC article 430 and according to NEC article 430 and
motor over-temperature protection motor over-temperature protection
according to NEC article 430.126 according to NEC article 430.126
(A)(2). UL 508C File E59272. (A)(2).
UL61800-5-1 File E59272.
Reflected Wave Protection Not applicable, external device (o) factory-installed RWR type filter,
specify Filtering option code (-K) or
(-M)

Table 8 - Control Specifications and Features

Description PowerFlex 700S, F9…F14 PowerFlex 755TL/TR Drive and
PowerFlex 755TM Common Bus
Inverter, F8…F12
Cat. No. 20D… Cat. No. 20G…
Selectable Motor Control V/Hz • Induction Motor, V/Hz
Induction Motor, • Induction Motor, Sensorless
Field Oriented Control (with and Vector
without encoder feedback) • Induction Motor, Economizer
control
Permanent Magnet Motor, with • Induction Motor, Flux Vector
absolute encoder feedback control (with and without
encoder feedback)
V/Hz — —
Speed Control
Sensorless Vector — —
Speed Control
Flux Vector / FOC Consult Rockwell Automation.
Speed Control Speed regulation - without feedback Speed regulation - without feedback
• Not applicable • Not applicable

Speed regulation - with feedback Speed regulation - with feedback

• 458 rad/s (73 Hz) bandwidth • 452 rad/sec (72 Hz) bandwidth
(motor only) (motor only, without Torque
Accuracy Module (TAM))
• See publication 750-TD100 for
complete regulator performance
data.
Flux Vector / FOC Torque Regulation – Torque Regulation - without
Torque Control without feedback feedback and without Torque
• ±10%, 600 rad/s bandwidth Accuracy Module (TAM)
• Not applicable

Torque Regulation - with feedback Torque Regulation - with feedback

• ±5%, 2500 rad/s bandwidth and optional Torque Accuracy
Module (TAM);
• ±2%

38 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

 Selection Considerations Chapter 1

Table 8 - Control Specifications and Features (Continued)

Description PowerFlex 700S, F9…F14 PowerFlex 755TL/TR Drive and
PowerFlex 755TM Common Bus
Inverter, F8…F12
Cat. No. 20D… Cat. No. 20G…
Feedback Devices (s) Single Incremental Encoder, max (o) Single or Dual Incremental
input frequency 500 kHz Encoder, max input frequency 250
(o) Second Incremental Encoder, kHz
max input frequency 500 kHz (o) Universal Feedback, Stegmann,
(o) Stegmann absolute encoder Heidenhain, SSI, Biss, Incremental
(o) Resolver (o) Resolver (third-party AMCI
RD750)
Safety Devices (o) Hardwire Safe Torque Off (STO) (o) Hardwire, Safe Torque Off (STO)
(o) Integrated CIP Safety, Safe
Torque Off (STO)
(o) Hardwire Safe Speed Monitor
(SSM)
Torque/Brake Proving — (s)
Shear Pin (s) (s)
SynchLink™ (s) —
Load Observer — (s)
Inertia Adaption (s) (s) Acceleration Feedback, part of
Load Observer
PID Loop (s) (s)
Position Loop (s) (s)
Phase Lock Loop (PLL) (s) (s)
Integrated Motion — Not available at initial product
release
Drive Application Software (s) DriveLogix™ Not available at initial product
release

Table 9 - Enclosure Features

Description PowerFlex 700S, F9…F14 PowerFlex 755TL/TR Drive and
PowerFlex 755TM Common Bus
Inverter, F8…F12
Cat. No. 20D… Cat. No. 20G…
IP00, Open Chassis Yes, refer to Installation Manual, Yes, refer to Technical Data,
publication PFLEX-IN020 publication 750-TD101 and
Installation Manual, publication
750-IN101
IP20, NEMA/UL Type 1 2100 MCC —
Approximate dimensions exclude 2286 x 635 mm (90 x 25 in.)
fan housings, handles, and so on. See publication 20D-TD002 for
Dimensions (H x D), Approx. (width detailed dimensional data.
varies).
IP21, NEMA/UL Type 1 Rittal Rittal
Approximate dimensions exclude 2275 x 600 mm (89.6 x 23.6 in.) 2000 x 600 mm (78.7 x 23.6 in.)
fan housings, handles, and so on. See publication 20D-TD002 for See publication 750-TD101 and
Dimensions (H x D), Approx. (width detailed dimensional data. publication 750-IN101 for detailed
varies). dimensional data.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018 39

Chapter 1 Selection Considerations

Table 9 - Enclosure Features (Continued)

Description PowerFlex 700S, F9…F14 PowerFlex 755TL/TR Drive and
PowerFlex 755TM Common Bus
Inverter, F8…F12
Cat. No. 20D… Cat. No. 20G…
IP54, NEMA/UL Type 12 Rittal Rittal
Approximate dimensions exclude 2400 x 600 mm (94.5 x 23.6 in.) 2000 x 600 mm (78.7 x 23.6 in.)
fan housings, handles, and so on. See publication 20D-TD002 for See publication 750-TD101 and
Dimensions (H x D), Approx. (width detailed dimensional data. publication 750-IN101 for detailed
varies). dimensional data.
Input Cable Entry (s), IP21 Rittal, Bottom only (s) Bottom all frames
(s), IP20 2500 MCC, Top only (s) Top frames 8…9, specify power
option (-P17) w/o wiring bay
(o) Top, frames 10…12, specify
power option (-P16) w/ wiring bay
DC Power Bus — PowerFlex 755TM CBI;
(s) frames 8…10, 3000 A DC
(s) frames 11…12, 4700 A DC
(o) frames 8…10, 4700 A DC specify
power option code (-P46)
Near top/back, horizontal busbars,
side exit
Control Power Bus — (s) 240V AC, 1 PH, 100 A rms
(s) 24V DC Auxiliary Control Bus,
100 A DC
(s) 120/240V AC, 1 PH, User Control
Bus, 100 A rms
Control Bus Connector taps are rated
10 A per pole.

Table 10 - Environmental Features

Description PowerFlex 700S, Frames 9…14 PowerFlex 755TL/TR Drive and
PowerFlex 755TM Common Bus
Inverter, Frames 8…12
Cat. No. 20D… Cat. No. 20G…
Environmental Compliance See Rockwell Automation website at;
https://www.rockwellautomation.com/global/about-us/sustainability-
ethics/product-environmental-compliance.page
Altitude 1000 m (3000 ft) 1000 m (3000 ft)
(Without Derate) See Technical Data, publication 20D- See Technical Data, publication 750-
TD002 for detailed derating TD100 for detailed derating
information. information.
Ambient Temperature Range 0…40°C (32…104°F), depends on -20…+40°C (-4…+104°F), all
(Without Derate) voltage and rating. frame ratings and enclosure types.
0…35°C (32…95°F), depends on See Technical Data, publication 750-
voltage and rating. TD100 for detailed temperature
See Technical Data, publication 20D- derating information.
TD002 for detailed temperature
derating information.
Storage Temperature -40…+70°C (-40…+158°F) -40…+70°C (-40…+158°F)
Relative Humidity (Noncondensing) 5…95% 5…95%

40 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

 Selection Considerations Chapter 1

Table 10 - Environmental Features (Continued)

Description PowerFlex 700S, Frames 9…14 PowerFlex 755TL/TR Drive and
PowerFlex 755TM Common Bus
Inverter, Frames 8…12
Cat. No. 20D… Cat. No. 20G…
Mechanical Shock Non-operational; Packed for shipment;
15G peak for 11 ms duration (+/- Meets ATSM International standards
1ms), EN50178 / EN60068-2-27 Operating (packaged products);
Operating; not specified 10G peak for 11 ms duration (+/-1
ms), three shocks in each direction
in each axis. See the Shock Events
information in the Technical Data,
publication 750-TD100 for detailed
information about the maximum
number of shock events.
Mechanical Vibration Non-operational; not specified Packed for shipment;
Operating; Meets ATSM International standards
2 mm (0.0787 in.) displacement, 1G Operating;
peak, EN50178 / EN60068-2-6 1 mm (0.040 in.) displacement, 1G
peak
Sound At 1 m (3.28 ft) At 2 m (6.6 ft)
Frame 9, 78 dB PowerFlex 755TL and 755TR, IP21 /
Frame 10, 77 dB IP54;
Frame 11, no data • Frame 8, 79 / 78 dBA
• Frame 9, 81 / 80 dBA
Frame 12, no data • Frame 10, 84 / 83 dBA
Frame 13, 76 dB • Frame 11, 83 / 82 dBA
• Frame 12, 84 / 83 dBA
PowerFlex 755TM CBI, IP21 / IP54;
• Frame 8, 76 / 75 dBA
• Frame 9, 77 / 76 dBA
• Frame 10, 79 / 78 dBA
• Frame 11, 80 / 79 dBA
• Frame 12, 81 / 80 dBA

Table 11 - Certifications and Standards Compliance

Description PowerFlex 700S, Frames 9…14 PowerFlex 755TL/TR Drive and
PowerFlex 755TM Common Bus
Inverter, Frames 8…12
Cat. No. 20D… Cat. No. 20G…
UL UL508C (c-UL-us). UL Listing only UL61800-5-1 (c-UL-us) only
applicable up to 600V AC. applicable up to 600V AC
NFPA 70 – US NEC
NEMA
250 – Enclosures for Electrical
Equipment
CAN/CSA CSA 22.2 No. 14-05 CSA 22.2 No. 274, Adjustable Speed
Drives
CE Marked for following European In conformity with the following
Directives: European Directives:
• EMC Directive (2004/108/EC) EN • EMC Directive (2014/30/EU)
61800-3:2004 Adjustable speed • Low Voltage Directive (2014/35/
electrical power drive systems – EU)
Part 3: EMC requirements and • RoHS Directive (2011/65/EU)
specific test methods. Standards applied:
• Low Voltage Directive (2006/95/ • EN 61800-3
EC) EN 50178:1997. • EN 61800-5-1
(o) Additional EMI filter available,
choose catalog code (-J) for EMC
filter selection.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018 41

Chapter 1 Selection Considerations

Table 11 - Certifications and Standards Compliance

Description PowerFlex 700S, Frames 9…14 PowerFlex 755TL/TR Drive and
PowerFlex 755TM Common Bus
Inverter, Frames 8…12
Cat. No. 20D… Cat. No. 20G…
IEC Designed to meet: Atmospheric Protection:
• IEC 61800-2 Adjustable speed • Conformity with IEC 60721-3-3,
electrical power drive systems - 3C2 and 3S2, for components
Part 2: manufactured by Rockwell
• General requirements Automation.
• IEC 61800-5-1 Adjustable speed • IP54, UL Type 12 Cabinet is
electrical power drive systems required to meet the 3S2
requirement
ISA — Atmospheric Protection:
• Conformity Standard 71.04, for
components manufactured by
Rockwell Automation.
• Class SA, SB, and SC, Severity X
environmental concentrations
(airborne particulates) with Class
SD particles at Severity 2.
RCM, C-Tick Australian Communications and Australian Communications and
Media Authority. In conformity with Media Authority. In conformity with
the following: the following:
• Radio communications Act: 1992 • Radio communications Act: 1992
• Radio communications Standard: • Radio communications Standard:
2008 2008
• Radio communications Labelling • Radio communications Labeling
Notice: 2008 Notice: 2008
Standards applied: Standards applied:
• EN 61800-3:2004 • EN 61800-3:2012
TUV-FS TÜV Rheinland - Certification TÜV and Rheinland – Certification
applies to 20D-P2-DG01 Safety applies to 20-750-S, 20-750-S1, and
Option Module when installed in a 20-750-S3 safety options when they
frame 9…14, 400/480V and 600/ are installed configured according to
690V drives. the appropriate safety manual.
Standards applied: Standards applied;
• EN 61800-5-2:2007 EN 60204- • IEC 61508 PARTS 1…7
1:2006 • EN 61800-3
• EN ISO 13849-1:2008 EN • EN 61800-5-1
62061:2005 • IEC 61800-5-2
• IEC 61508 Part 1-7:1998, 2000, • EN ISO 13849-1
and 2010 • IEC 62061
• ISO 60204-1
• Machinery Directive (2006/42/
EC)
ATEX EC-Type-Examination Certificate The 20-750-ATEX module, together
TÜV 05 ATEX 7202 for directive 94/9/ with the ATEX and 11-Series I/O
EC. option modules, are compliant
See Appendix E in the PowerFlex safety devices under the ATEX
700S Drives with Phase II Control directive 2014/34/EU, and satisfy
Programming Manual, publication requirements for use in Group II,
20D-PM001, for more information Category 2, (GD) applications with
ATEX approved motors.
China RoHS2 — Compliant with China Restriction of
Hazardous Substances Directive.
KCC — Korean KC registration
ODVA — (drive) EtherNet/IP

42 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

 Selection Considerations Chapter 1

Table 11 - Certifications and Standards Compliance

Description PowerFlex 700S, Frames 9…14 PowerFlex 755TL/TR Drive and
PowerFlex 755TM Common Bus
Inverter, Frames 8…12
Cat. No. 20D… Cat. No. 20G…
IEEE 519 AC input drives not compliant. (s) PowerFlex 755TL/TR

DC input drives with appropriate low PowerFlex 755TM common bus

harmonic bus supply converter may inverter with appropriate PowerFlex
be compliant 755TM bus supply converter.
REACH — Regulation (EC) No. 1907/2006
concerning the Registration,
Evaluation, Authorization and
Restriction of Chemicals (REACH)
Packaging Directive — In conformity with the Packaging
Directive (94/62/EC and
amendments 2004/12/EC and 2005/
20/EC)

Table 12 - Protection Features

Description PowerFlex 700S, Frames 9…14 PowerFlex 755TL/TR Drive and
PowerFlex 755TM Common Bus
Inverter, Frames 8…12
Cat. No. 20D… Cat. No. 20G…
AC Input DC Input 755TL/TR 755TM CBI
AC Input Over Voltage Trip 400/480V; 675V — 400/480V; 542V AC —
AC 600/690V; 780V AC
600/690V; 889V
AC
AC Input Under Voltage Trip 400V Class; — 400V Class; 348V AC —
246V AC 480V Class; 418V AC
Nominal value, adjustable and 480V Class; 600V Class; 522V AC
configurable action 295V AC 690V Class; 600V AC
600V Class;
369V AC
690V Class;
424V AC
DC Bus Over Voltage Trip 400/480V Class; 911V DC 400/480V Class; 815V DC
600/690V Class; 1200V DC 600/690V Class; 1172V DC
DC Bus Under Voltage Shutdown/ 400V Class; 348V DC 400V Class; 453V DC
Fault 480V Class; 417V DC 480V Class; 543V DC
600V Class; 522V DC 600V Class; 678V DC
Nominal value, adjustable and 690V Class; 976V DC 690V Class; 781V DC
configurable action
Heat Sink Temperature Fault (s) over temperature (s) over and under temperature
Ground Fault (s) (s)
Single Phase / Phase Loss Fault (s) — (s) —
Line Sync Fault — (s) —
Drive Overload Fault (s) (s)
IGBT Over temp Fault (s) (s)
LCL Filter Over temp Fault — (s) —
DC Bus Over Voltage Fault (s) (s)

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018 43

Chapter 1 Selection Considerations

Table 12 - Protection Features (Continued)

Description PowerFlex 700S, Frames 9…14 PowerFlex 755TL/TR Drive and
PowerFlex 755TM Common Bus
Inverter, Frames 8…12
Cat. No. 20D… Cat. No. 20G…
AC Input DC Input 755TL/TR 755TM CBI
DC Bus Under Voltage (s) (s)
Fuse Blown Fault — (s)
Precharge Fault — (s)
AC Input Over Voltage Fault (s) — (s) —
Cooling Fan Fault/Alarm (s) (s)
Transient Voltage Suppressor (TVSS) — (s) —
Fail Alarm
DC Bus Conditioner Fault (o) external device (s)
Motor Overcurrent Fault (s) (s)
Motor Overload (s) (s)
Motor Overspeed (s) (s)
Encoder Loss (s) (s)
Motor Stalled (s) —
Predictive Maintenance — (s)

Table 13 - User Interface

Description PowerFlex 700S, Frames 9…14 PowerFlex 755TL/TR Drive and
PowerFlex 755TM Common Bus
Inverter, Frames 8…12
Cat. No. 20D… Cat. No. 20G…
Local HIM (o) 20-HIM-A3, 20-HIM-A5 (o) 20-HIM-A6
Remote HIM (o) 20-HIM-C3S, 20-HIM-C5S (o) 20-HIM-C6S
DriveExplorer™ / DriveExecutive™ (s) —
Connected Components Workbench (s) (s)
(CCW)
Studio 5000® / RSLogix 5000® (o) with communication option (s)
module installed
Digital Inputs (s) 6, 24V DC, inputs 4…6 are (o) 20-750 series 24V DC and
24V DC or 115V AC, input 6 default is 115V AC I/O modules;
HW Enable 3…6, depending on option module
chosen
Digital Outputs (s) 2, 24V DC open collector sinking (o) 20-750 series 24V DC and
(s) 1, form C relay. 115V AC I/O modules;
Relay 115V AC/24V DC, 2 A resistive 2…3, relay or transistor depending
or inductive. on option module chosen.
Relay Normally Open, 240V AC/
24V DC, 2 A resistive/general
purpose inductive.
Relay Normally Closed, 240V AC/
24V DC, 2 A resistive.
Transistor, 24V DC, 1 A max resistive.

44 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

 Selection Considerations Chapter 1

Table 13 - User Interface (Continued)

Description PowerFlex 700S, Frames 9…14 PowerFlex 755TL/TR Drive and
PowerFlex 755TM Common Bus
Inverter, Frames 8…12
Cat. No. 20D… Cat. No. 20G…
Analog Inputs (s) 2, bipolar, differential, 13 bit (o) 20-750 series 24V DC and
+ sign, 0…10V DC, +/-10V DC, or 115V AC I/O modules;
0-20ma. 1…2, depending on option module
(s) 1 x AI, differential, 10 bit, chosen.
0…10V DC (FOC2 temp adaption Bipolar, differential, 11 bit+ sign,
input) ±10V or 4-20 mA, isolated or non-
isolated depending on option
module chosen.
Analog Outputs (s) 2, bipolar, differential, non- (o) 20-750 series 24V DC and
isolated, 11 b + sign, +/-10V DC or 115V AC I/O modules;
0-20ma. 1…2, depending on option module
chose.
Bipolar, non-isolated, 11 bit + sign,
±10V or 0-20 mA.
Encoder Inputs 5V DC or 12V DC, quadrature, (o) 20-750-ENC-1 or
differential with Z pulse 20-750-DENC-1, 5V DC or 12V DC,
quadrature, differential with Z pulse
Internal DC Power Supply +24V DC digital I/O, 150 mA max +24V DC digital I/O, 200 ma max per
+/-10V DC analog I/O, 10 mA max I/O module, 600 mA max total.
+/-10V DC analog I/O, 5 mA max

Table 14 - Communication Features

Description PowerFlex 700S, F9…F14 PowerFlex 755TL/TR Drive and
PowerFlex 755TM Common Bus
Inverter, F8…F12
Cat. No. 20D… Cat. No. 20G…
EtherNet/IP (o) single port (s) Embedded dual-port
(o) dual-port (o) dual-port
RS-485 HV AC (o) —
RS-485 DF1 (o) —
ControlNet (o) coax or fiber-optic (o) coax only
DeviceNet (o) (o)
LonWorks (o) —
Modbus TCP (o) —
PROFINET — (o) single or dual-port
PROFIBUS (o) (o) DPV1
CANopen (o) —
USB (o) 1203-USB (o) 1203-USB
Interbus (o) —
Remote I/O (o) —

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018 45

Chapter 1 Selection Considerations

Cross Reference Guides Use the following tables to compare output power, output current, overload
capacity, and dimensions for migrating your PowerFlex 700S drive to a
PowerFlex 755T product. Because of the wide variety of possible migration
options, we provide these tables as an example of how you can cross-reference
your PowerFlex 700S drive rating to an equivalent PowerFlex 755T product.
Shaded rows in the tables indicate that, unless noted otherwise, a suitable
PowerFlex 755T migration product may be available.

Follow this procedure when using the tables.

1. Find the existing PowerFlex 700S input voltage (AC or DC), voltage
class, overload rating (ND or HD), and catalog number.
2. Use the row in the electrical rating cross-reference table with your
PowerFlex 700S to see the catalog number and ratings of a suitable
migration solution to PowerFlex 755T product.
3. Note the catalog number of the PowerFlex 755T product.
4. See the AC Input Dimensional Cross Reference on page 56 or DC
Input Dimensional Cross Reference on page 61 to see if the new drive is
dimensionally compatible.

Reference all applicable footnotes at the end of each section.

AC Input Electrical Cross-reference

The following four tables are used to cross-reference 6-pulse, 400/480/600/

690V AC input PowerFlex 700S drives to either PowerFlex 755TL Low
Harmonic or PowerFlex 755TR Regenerative AC input drives.

Although PowerFlex 755T light duty (LD) ratings are available, these ratings
are not shown because there are no equivalent light duty ratings for PowerFlex
700S drives.

Use Table 15 to help decide whether you need a Low Harmonic or

Regenerative PowerFlex 755T AC drive.

Table 15 - Suggested Migration Solution

Existing PowerFlex 700S Configuration Suggested PowerFlex 755T AC Drive Solution
Separate Braking Chopper and Brake Resistor PowerFlex 755TL drive
The existing Brake Chopper and Resistor must be reused
--- OR ---
PowerFlex 755TR drive
The existing Brake Chopper and Resistor must be removed
This option is preferred due to the potential energy savings compared to wasting regenerative energy as heat in the braking
resistor.
Separate Regen Unit PowerFlex 755TR drive
The existing Regen Unit must be removed
Separate DC bus supply or active front end PowerFlex 755TM common bus inverter (DC input)
converter The PowerFlex 700S DC input drive is fed from the external DC bus supply rectifier/converter. See DC Input Electrical Cross
Reference on page 51.

46 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

 Selection Considerations Chapter 1

Table 15 - Suggested Migration Solution (Continued)

Frame 14 PowerFlex 755TR drive
PowerFlex 755TL drives not available in ratings this high (frame 11…12)
All other non-regenerative applications PowerFlex 755TL drive

Table 16 - 400V AC Input Electrical Rating Cross Reference

PowerFlex 700S (20D…) PowerFlex 755TL/TR (20G1G/F…)
Frame Catalog ND O/P ND O/P HD O/P HD O/P Frame 755TL Low 755TR Regen / Low ND O/P ND O/P HD O/P HD O/P
Size Number kW Amps kW Amps Size Harmonic Harmonic kW Amps kW Amps
Catalog Catalog Number(1)
Number(1)
F9 20DC261... 132 261 110 205 F8 20G1GnC302… 20G1FnC302… 160 302 132 260
20DC300... 160 300 132 245
F10 20DC385... 200 385 160 300 F8 20G1GnC367… 20G1FnC367… 200 367 160 302
F10 20DC460... 250 460 — — F8 20G1GnC460… 20G1FnC460… 250 460 200 367
F10 20DC460... — — 200 385 F8 20G1GnC540… 20G1FnC540… 315 540 250 460
20DC500... 250 500 250 420
F8 20G1GnC585… 20G1FnC585… 315 585 250 472
F11 20DC590... 315 590 250 520 F8 20G1GnC650… 20G1FnC650… 355 650 315 540
20DC650... 355 650 — —
F8 20G1GnC750… 20G1FnC750… 400 750 315 585
F11 20DC650... — — 315 590 F8 20G1GnC770… 20G1FnC770… 400 770 355 650
20DC730… 400 730 355 650
F12 20DC820... 450 820 400 730 F9 20G1GnC920… 20G1FnC920… 500 920 400 770
20DC920... 500 920 — —
F12 20DC920... — — 450 820 F9 20G1GnC1K0… 20G1FnC1K0… 560 1040 500 920
20DC1K0... 560 1030 500 920
F13 20DC1K1... — — 560 1030 F9 20G1GnC1K1… 20G1FnC1K1… 630 1112 500 1040
F13 20DC1K1... 630 1150 — — F9 20G1GnC1K2… 20G1FnC1K2… 710 1175 560 1090
F13 20DC1K3... 710 1300 630 1150 F9 20G1GnC1K4… 20G1FnC1K4… 800 1465 630 1175
20DC1K4... 800 1450 — —
F13 20DC1K4... — — 710 1200 F10 20G1GnC1K6… 20G1FnC1K6… 850 1590 710 1465
F10 20G1GnC1K7… 20G1FnC1K7… 1000 1715 800 1480
F10 20G1GnC2K1… 20G1FnC2K1… 1250 2156 1000 1715
F11 — 20G1FnC2K8… 1650 2849 1400 2330
F12 — 20G1FnC3K5… 2000 3542 1650 3032
(1) <n> In catalog number is enclosure type; catalog code 3= IP21, catalog code 4= IP54.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018 47

Chapter 1 Selection Considerations

Table 17 - 480V AC Input Electrical Rating Cross Reference

PowerFlex 700S (20D…) PowerFlex 755TL/TR (20G1G/F…)
Frame Catalog ND O/P ND O/P HD O/P HD O/P Frame 755TL Low 755TR Regen / Low ND O/P ND O/P HD O/P HD O/P
Size Number kW Amps kW Amps Size Harmonic Harmonic kW Amps kW Amps
Catalog Catalog Number(1)
Number(1)
F9 20DD261... 200 261 150 205 F8 20G1GnD302… 20G1FnD302… 250 302 200 248
F9 20DD300... 250 300 200 245
F10 20DD385... — — 250 300 F8 20G1GnD361… 20G1FnD361… 300 361 250 302
F10 20DD385... 300 385 — — F8 20G1GnD430… 20G1FnD430… 350 430 300 361
F10 20DD460... 350 460 300 385 F8 20G1GnD505… 20G1FnD505… 400 505 350 430
F10 20DD500... 450 500 350 420
F8 20G1GnD545… 20G1FnD545… 450 545 350 454
F11 20DD590... 500 590 — — F8 20G1GnD617… 20G1FnD617… 500 617 400 485
F11 20DD590... — — 450 520 F8 20G1GnD710… 20G1FnD710… 600 710 450 545
F11 20DD650... 500 650 — —
F11 20DD650... — — 500 590 F8 20G1GnD740… 20G1FnD740… 650 740 500 617
F11 20DD730... 600 730 — —
F11 20DD730... — — 500 650 F9 20G1GnD800… 20G1FnD800… 700 800 600 740
F12 20DD820... 600 730
F12 20DD820... 700 820 — — F9 20G1GnD960… 20G1FnD960… 800 960 700 800
F12 20DD920... 800 920
F12 20DD920... — — 700 820 F9 20G1GnD1K0… 20G1FnD1K0… 900 1045 750 960
F12 20DD1K0... 900 1030 800 920
F13 20DD1K1... — — 900 1030 F9 20G1GnD1K1… 20G1FnD1K1… 1000 1135 800 1045
F13 20DD1K1... 1000 1150 — — F9 20G1GnD1K3… 20G1FnD1K3… 1100 1365 900 1135
F13 20DD1K3... 1200 1300
F13 20DD1K3... — — 1000 1150 F10 20G1GnD1K4… 20G1FnD1K4… 1250 1420 1000 1365
F13 20DD1K4... 1000 1200
F13 20DD1K4... 1250 1450 — — F10 20G1GnD1K6… 20G1FnD1K6… 1500 1655 1100 1420
F10 20G1GnD2K0… 20G1FnD2K0… 1800 2072 1500 1655
F11 — 20G1FnD2K6… 2400 2738 2000 2240
F12 — 20G1FnD3K4… 3000 3404 2400 2980
(1) <n> In catalog number is enclosure type; catalog code 3= IP21, catalog code 4= IP54.

48 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

 Selection Considerations Chapter 1

Table 18 - 600V AC Input Electrical Rating Cross Reference

PowerFlex 700S (20D…) PowerFlex 755TL/TR (20G1G/F…)
Frame Catalog ND O/P ND O/P HD O/P HD O/P Frame 755TL Low 755TR Regen / Low ND O/P ND O/P HD O/P HD O/P
Size Number kW Amps kW Amps Size Harmonic Harmonic kW Amps kW Amps
Catalog Catalog Number(1)
Number(1)
F9 20DE170... 150 170 150 144 F8 20G1GnE242… 20G1FnE242… 250 242 200 192
F9 20DE208... 200 208 150 170
F10 20DE261... 250 261 200 208 F8 20G1GnE295… 20G1FnE295… 300 295 250 242
F10 20DE325... 350 325 250 261 F8 20G1GnE355… 20G1FnE355… 350 355 300 295
F10 20DE385... 400 385 350 325 F8 20G1GnE395… 20G1FnE395… 400 395 350 355
F10 20DE416... — — 350 325
F10 20DE416... 450 416 — — F8 20G1GnE435… 20G1FnE435… 450 435 400 395
F11 20DE460... — — 400 385
F11 20DE460... 500 460 — — F8 20G1GnE545… 20G1FnE545… 550 545 450 450
F11 20DE502... 500 502
F11 20DE502... — — 500 460 F9 20G1GnE595… 20G1FnE595… 600 580 550 545
F11 20DE590... 500 502
F11 20DE590... 600 590 — — F9 20G1GnE690… 20G1FnE690… 700 690 600 595
F12 20DE650... 700 650 650 590
F12 20DE750... 800 750 700 650 F9 20G1GnE760… 20G1FnE760… 800 760 700 690
F12 20DE820... — — 700 650
F12 20DE820... 900 820 — — F9 20G1GnE825… 20G1FnE825… 900 825 800 760
F13 20DE920... 1000 920 900 820 F9 20G1GnE980… 20G1FnE980… 1000 980 900 825
F13 20DE1K0... 1100 1030 1000 920 F10 20G1GnE1K1… 20G1FnE1K1… 1100 1045 1000 980
F13 20DE1K1... 1300 1180 1100 1030 F10 20G1GnE1K2… 20G1FnE1K2… 1250 1220 1100 1045
F10 20G1GnE1K5… 20G1FnE1K5… 1500 1430 1250 1220
F14 20DE1K5... 1600 1500 1400 1300 F11 — 20G1FnE2K0… 2000 1946 1800 1700
F12 — 20G1FnE2K4… 2500 2420 2100 2070
(1) <n> In catalog number is enclosure type; catalog code 3= IP21, catalog code 4= IP54.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018 49

Chapter 1 Selection Considerations

Table 19 - 690V AC Input Electrical Rating Cross Reference

PowerFlex 700S (20D…) PowerFlex 755TL/TR (20G1G/F…)
Frame Catalog ND O/P ND O/P HD O/P HD O/P Frame 755TL Low 755TR Regen / Low ND O/P ND O/P HD O/P HD O/P
Size Number kW Amps kW Amps Size Harmonic Harmonic kW Amps kW Amps
Catalog Catalog Number(1)
Number(1)
F9 20DF170... 160 170 132 144 F8 20G1GnF215… 20G1FnF215… 200 215 160 171
F9 20DF208... 200 208 160 170
F10 20DF261... 250 261 200 208 F8 20G1GnF265… 20G1FnF265… 250 265 200 215
F10 20DF325... 315 325 250 261 F8 20G1GnF330… 20G1FnF330… 315 330 250 265
F10 20DF385... — — 315 325 F8 20G1GnF370… 20G1FnF370… 355 370 315 330
F10 20DF416... 315 325
F10 20DF385... 355 385 — — F8 20G1GnF415… 20G1FnF415… 400 415 355 370
F10 20DF416... 400 416
F11 20DF460... 450 460 355 385 F8 20G1GnF505… 20G1FnF505… 500 505 400 415
F11 20DF502... 500 502 — —
F11 20DF502... — — 400 460 F9 20G1GnF565… 20G1FnF565… 560 565 500 505
F11 20DF590... 500 502
F11 20DF590... 560 590 — — F9 20G1GnF650… 20G1FnF650… 630 650 560 565
F12 20DF650... 630 650
F12 20DF650... — — 560 590 F9 20G1GnF735… 20G1FnF735… 710 735 630 650
F12 20DF750... 630 650
F12 20DF820... 630 650
F12 20DF750... 710 750 — — F9 20G1GnF820… 20G1FnF820… 800 820 710 735
F12 20DF820... 800 820
F13 20DF920... 900 920 800 820 F9 20G1GnF920… 20G1FnF920… 900 920 800 820
F13 20DF1K0... 1000 1030 900 920 F10 20G1GnF1K0… 20G1FnF1K0… 1000 1030 900 920
F13 20DF1K1... — — 1000 1030 F10 20G1GnF1K1… 20G1FnF1K1… 1100 1150 1000 1030
F13 20DF1K1... 1100 1180 — — F10 20G1GnF1K4… 20G1FnF1K4… 1400 1419 1100 1162
F14 20DF1K5... 1500 1500 1300 1300 F11 — 20G1FnF1K8… 1800 1865 1500 1535
F12 — 20G1FnF2K3… 2300 2318 2000 2020
(1) <n> In catalog number is enclosure type; catalog code 3= IP21, catalog code 4= IP54.

50 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

 Selection Considerations Chapter 1

DC Input Electrical Cross The following tables are used to cross reference 540/650/810/932V DC input
PowerFlex 700S drives to DC input PowerFlex 755TM common bus inverters.
Reference Although PowerFlex 755T light duty (LD) ratings are available, these ratings
are not shown in the following tables because there are no equivalent light duty
ratings for PowerFlex 700S drives.

Use Table 20 to decide whether you need a PowerFlex 755TM common bus
inverter with or without precharge.
Table 20 - Suggested Migration Solutions
Existing PowerFlex 700S Configuration Suggested PowerFlex 755TM Common Bus Inverter Solution
Separate precharge circuit is not used. PowerFlex 755TM common bus inverter without precharge, input catalog code (-E).

IMPORTANT: The only instance where a drive precharge is not required is; if it is never ATTENTION: Applying a PowerFlex 755TM common bus inverter without precharge
possible to energize the DC input common bus inverter onto a fully charged DC bus. The with an existing DC disconnect or with no method of safely precharging the DC bus
common bus inverter must NOT have a DC input disconnect and all precharging of the capacitors in the drive can result in serious damage and destruction to the DC bus
DC bus supply and connected common bus inverter is controlled by the DC bus supply or supply and PowerFlex 755TM common bus inverter.
other separate precharge circuit.
WARNING: Failure to apply this equipment may cause dangerous over currents,
possible explosion, and arc flash conditions can lead to personal injury or death.
All other applications with separate drive precharge circuits PowerFlex 755TM common bus inverter with precharge, input catalog code (-F)
AC Input Power Source Choose a PowerFlex 755TL or PowerFlex 755TR.
The PowerFlex 700S AC input uses a 6-pulse, nonregenerative converter/rectifier. See
the AC Input Electrical Cross-reference on page 46.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018 51

Chapter 1 Selection Considerations

Table 21 - 540V DC Input Electrical Rating Cross Reference

PowerFlex 700S (20D…) PowerFlex 755TM Common Bus Inverter (20G1…)
Frame DC Input ND O/P ND O/P HD O/P HD O/P Frame CBI with CBI without ND O/P ND O/P HD O/P HD O/P
Size without kW Amps kW Amps Size Precharge Precharge kW Amps kW Amps
Precharge Catalog Catalog
Catalog Number(1) Number(1)
Number
F9 20DH261… 132 261 110 205 F8 20G1DnC302… 20G1EnC302… 160 302 132 260
20DH300… 160 300 132 245
F10 20DH385… 200 385 160 300 F8 20G1DnC367… 20G1EnC367… 200 367 160 302
F10 20DH460… 250 460 — — F8 20G1DnC460… 20G1EnC460… 250 460 200 367
F10 20DH460… — — 200 385 F8 20G1DnC540… 20G1EnC540… 315 540 250 460
20DH500… 250 500 250 420
F8 20G1DnC585… 20G1EnC585… 315 585 250 472
F11 20DH590… 315 590 250 520 F8 20G1DnC650… 20G1EnC650… 355 650 315 540
20DH650… 355 650 — —
F8 20G1DnC750… 20G1EnC750… 400 750 315 585
F11 20DH650… — — 315 590 F8 20G1DnC770… 20G1EnC770… 400 770 355 650
20DH730 400 730 355 650
F12 20DH820… 450 820 400 730 F9 20G1DnC920… 20G1EnC920… 500 920 400 770
20DH920… 500 920 — —
F12 20DH920… — — 450 820 F9 20G1DnC1K0… 20G1EnC1K0… 560 1040 500 920
20DH1K0… 560 1030 500 920
F13 20DH1K1… — — 560 1030 F9 20G1DnC1K1… 20G1EnC1K1… 630 1112 500 1040
F13 20DH1K1… 630 1150 — — F9 20G1DnC1K2… 20G1EnC1K2… 710 1175 560 1090
F13 20DH1K3… 710 1300 630 1150 F9 20G1DnC1K4… 20G1EnC1K4… 800 1465 630 1175
20DH1K4… 800 1450 — —
F13 20DH1K4… — — 710 1200 F10 20G1DnC1K6… 20G1EnC1K6… 850 1590 710 1465
F10 20G1DnC1K7… 20G1EnC1K7… 1000 1715 800 1480
F10 20G1DnC2K1… 20G1EnC2K1… 1250 2156 1000 1715
F11 20G1DnC2K8… 20G1EnC2K8… 1650 2849 1400 2330
F12 20G1DnC3K5… 20G1EnC3K5… 2000 3542 1650 3032
(1) <n> In catalog number is enclosure type; catalog code 3= IP21, catalog code 4= IP54.

52 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

 Selection Considerations Chapter 1

Table 22 - 650V DC Input Electrical Rating Cross Reference

PowerFlex 700S (20D…) PowerFlex 755TM Common Bus Inverter (20G1…)
Frame DC Input ND O/P ND O/P HD O/P HD O/P Frame CBI with CBI without ND O/P ND O/P HD O/P HD O/P
Size without kW Amps kW Amps Size Precharge Precharge kW Amps kW Amps
Precharge Catalog Catalog
Catalog Number(1) Number(1)
Number
F9 20DJ261… 200 261 150 205 F8 20G1DnD302… 20G1EnD302… 250 302 200 248
20DJ300… 250 300 200 245
F10 20DJ385… — — 250 300 F8 20G1DnD361… 20G1EnD361… 300 361 250 302
F10 20DJ385… 300 385 — — F8 20G1DnD430… 20G1EnD430… 350 430 300 361
F10 20DJ460… 350 460 300 385 F8 20G1DnD505… 20G1EnD505… 400 505 350 430
20DJ500… 450 500 350 420
F8 20G1DnD545… 20G1EnD545… 450 545 350 454
F11 20DJ590… 500 590 — — F8 20G1DnD617… 20G1EnD617… 500 617 400 485
F11 20DJ590… — — 450 520 F8 20G1DnD710… 20G1EnD710… 600 710 450 545
20DJ650… 500 650 — —
F11 20DJ650… — — 500 590 F8 20G1DnD740… 20G1EnD740… 650 740 500 617
20DJ730… 600 730 — —
F11 20DJ730… — — 500 650 F9 20G1DnD800… 20G1EnD800… 700 800 600 740
F12 20DJ820… 600 730
F12 20DJ820… 700 820 — — F9 20G1DnD960… 20G1EnD960… 800 960 700 800
20DJ920… 800 920
F12 20DJ920… — — 700 820 F9 20G1DnD1K0… 20G1EnD1K0… 900 1045 750 960
20DJ1K0… 900 1030 800 920
F13 20DJ1K1… — — 900 1030 F9 20G1DnD1K1… 20G1EnD1K1… 1000 1135 800 1045
F13 20DJ1K1… 1000 1150 — — F9 20G1DnD1K3… 20G1EnD1K3… 1100 1365 900 1135
20DJ1K3… 1200 1300
F13 20DJ1K3… — — 1000 1150 F10 20G1DnD1K4… 20G1EnD1K4… 1250 1420 1000 1365
20DJ1K4… 1000 1200
F13 20DJ1K4… 1250 1450 — — F10 20G1DnD1K6… 20G1EnD1K6… 1500 1655 1100 1420
F10 20G1DnD2K0… 20G1EnD2K0… 1800 2072 1500 1655
F11 20G1DnD2K6… 20G1EnD2K6… 2400 2738 2000 2240
F12 20G1DnD3K4… 20G1EnD3K4… 3000 3404 2400 2980
(1) <n> In catalog number is enclosure type; catalog code 3= IP21, catalog code 4= IP54.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018 53

Chapter 1 Selection Considerations

Table 23 - 810V DC Input Electrical Rating Cross Reference

PowerFlex 700S (20D…) PowerFlex 755TM Common Bus Inverter (20G1…)
Frame DC Input ND O/P ND O/P HD O/P HD O/P Frame CBI with CBI without ND O/P ND O/P HD O/P HD O/P
Size without kW Amps kW Amps Size Precharge Precharge kW Amps kW Amps
Precharge Catalog Catalog
Catalog Number(1) Number(1)
Number
F9 20DK170… 150 170 150 144 F8 20G1DnE242… 20G1EnE242… 250 242 200 192
20DK208… 200 208 150 170
F10 20DK261… 250 261 200 208 F8 20G1DnE295… 20G1EnE295… 300 295 250 242
F10 20DK325… 350 325 250 261 F8 20G1DnE355… 20G1EnE355… 350 355 300 295
F10 20DK385… 400 385 350 325 F8 20G1DnE395… 20G1EnE395… 400 395 350 355
20DK416… — — 350 325
F10 20DK416… 450 416 — — F8 20G1DnE435… 20G1EnE435… 450 435 400 395
F11 20DK460… — — 400 385
F11 20DK460… 500 460 — — F8 20G1DnE545… 20G1EnE545… 550 545 450 450
20DK502… 500 502
F11 20DK502… — — 500 460 F9 20G1DnE595… 20G1EnE595… 600 580 550 545
20DK590… 500 502
F12 20DK590… 600 590 — — F9 20G1DnE690… 20G1EnE690… 700 690 600 595
20DK650… 700 650 650 590
F12 20DK750… 800 750 700 650 F9 20G1DnE760… 20G1EnE760… 800 760 700 690
20DK820… — — 700 650
F12 20DK820… 900 820 — — F9 20G1DnE825… 20G1EnE825… 900 825 800 760
F13 20DK920… 1000 920 900 820 F9 20G1DnE980… 20G1EnE980… 1000 980 900 825
F13 20DK1K0… 1100 1030 1000 920 F10 20G1DnE1K1… 20G1EnE1K1… 1100 1045 1000 980
F13 20DK1K1… 1300 1180 1100 1030 F10 20G1DnE1K2… 20G1EnE1K2… 1250 1220 1100 1045
F10 20G1DnE1K5… 20G1EnE1K5… 1500 1430 1250 1220
F14 20DK1K5 1600 1500 1400 1300 F11 20G1DnE2K0… 20G1EnE2K0… 2000 1946 1800 1700
F12 20G1DnE2K4… 20G1EnE2K4… 2500 2420 2100 2070
(1) <n> In catalog number is enclosure type; catalog code 3= IP21, catalog code 4= IP54.

54 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

 Selection Considerations Chapter 1

Table 24 - 932V DC Input Electrical Rating Cross Reference

PowerFlex 700S (20D…) PowerFlex 755TM Common Bus Inverter (20G1…)
Frame DC Input ND O/P ND O/P HD O/P HD O/P Frame CBI with CBI without ND O/P ND O/P HD O/P HD O/P
Size without kW Amps kW Amps Size Precharge Precharge kW Amps kW Amps
Precharge Catalog Catalog
Catalog Number(1) Number(1)
Number
F9 20DM170… 160 170 132 144 F8 20G1DnF215… 20G1EnF215… 200 215 160 171
20DM208… 200 208 160 170
F10 20DM261… 250 261 200 208 F8 20G1DnF265… 20G1EnF265… 250 265 200 215
F10 20DM325… 315 325 250 261 F8 20G1DnF330… 20G1EnF330… 315 330 250 265
F10 20DM385… — — 315 325 F8 20G1DnF370… 20G1EnF370… 355 370 315 330
20DM416… 315 325
F10 20DM385… 355 385 — — F8 20G1DnF415… 20G1EnF415… 400 415 355 370
20DM416… 400 416
F11 20DM460… 450 460 355 385 F8 20G1DnF505… 20G1EnF505… 500 505 400 415
20DM502… 500 502 — —
F11 20DM502… — — 400 460 F9 20G1DnF565… 20G1EnF565… 560 565 500 505
20DM590… 500 502
F12 20DM590… 560 590 — — F9 20G1DnF650… 20G1EnF650… 630 650 560 565
20DM650… 630 650
F12 20DM650… — — 560 590 F9 20G1DnF735… 20G1EnF735… 710 735 630 650
20DM750… 630 650
20DM820… 630 650
F12 20DM750… 710 750 — — F9 20G1DnF820… 20G1EnF820… 800 820 710 735
20DM820… 800 820
F13 20DM920… 900 920 800 820 F9 20G1DnF920… 20G1EnF920… 900 920 800 820
F13 20DM1K0… 1000 1030 900 920 F10 20G1DnF1K0… 20G1EnF1K0… 1000 1030 900 920
F13 20DM1K1… — — 1000 1030 F10 20G1DnF1K1… 20G1EnF1K1… 1100 1150 1000 1030
F13 20DM1K1… 1100 1180 — — F10 20G1DnF1K4… 20G1EnF1K4… 1400 1419 1100 1162
F14 20DM1K5… 1500 1500 1300 1300 F11 20G1DnF1K8… 20G1EnF1K8… 1800 1865 1500 1535
F12 20G1DnF2K3… 20G1EnF2K3… 2300 2318 2000 2020
(1) <n> In catalog number is enclosure type; catalog code 3= IP21, catalog code 4= IP54.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018 55

Chapter 1 Selection Considerations

AC Input Dimensional Cross Table 25 through Table 28 compare approximate dimensions of PowerFlex
700S and PowerFlex 755TL/TR drives. Shaded rows in the table indicate an
Reference acceptable cross-reference unless noted otherwise. Outline dimensional
drawings are shown in Appendix A on page 121.

IMPORTANT There are no valid AC input dimensional cross-references from PowerFlex

700S AC input 6 pulse drives to PowerFlex 755TL or PowerFlex 755TR drives.
PowerFlex 755TL/TR drives all contain an integrated active front end
converter that requires more panel space than the 6-pulse converters that
are used in the PowerFlex 700S.

If the existing PowerFlex 700S has regeneration that is provided by a separate

Regen Unit or braking chopper/resistor, these devices would be assembled in a
separate enclosure that would consume floor space as well. The equivalent
PowerFlex 755TL/TR drive would replace both the PowerFlex 700S drive and
the associated Regen Unit or braking chopper/resistor. The overall dimensions
of the PowerFlex 700S and regenerative device may be the same or larger than
the equivalent PowerFlex 755TL/TR migration solution.

IMPORTANT The PowerFlex 700S frame 9 drive is usually mounted within an enclosure,
however, it can be wall-mounted per the catalog numbers shown. The
equivalent PowerFlex 755TL/TR drive is supplied as a floor standing
enclosure. Consider the mounting and enclosure types that are used for your
PowerFlex 700S frame 9 migration solution to ensure the PowerFlex 755TL/
TR enclosed drive can be installed in the available space.

Because it is impossible to predict the combinations of hardware that could be

used in the existing PowerFlex 700S drive configuration the tables below only
consider migration solutions based on published catalog ratings for the
PowerFlex 700S drives.

56 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

 Selection Considerations Chapter 1

Table 25 - 400V AC Input Dimension Cross Reference

PowerFlex 700S (20D…) PowerFlex 755TL/TR (20G1G/F…)
Frame Catalog Enclosure Width Height Depth Frame 755TL/TR Width(3) Height Depth
Size Number(1) Type mm (in.) mm (in.) mm (in.) Size Catalog mm (in.) IP21/IP54 IP21/IP54
Number(2) mm (in.) mm (in.)
F9 20DC261x... IP21 480 (18.9) 1150 (45.3) 363 (14.3) F8 20G1ynC302… 1206 (47.5) 2132 (83.9) 676 (26.6)
20DC300x... /2291 (90.2) /721 (28.4
F10 20DC385x... IP21 Rittal 597 (23.5) 2275 (89.6) 633 (25) F8 20G1ynC367…
IP20 MCC 635 (5) 2286 (90) 635 (25)
IP54 Rittal 606 (24) 2404 (94.6) 655 (25.8)
F10 20DC460x... IP21 Rittal 597 (23.5) 2275 (89.6) 633 (25) F8 20G1ynC460…
IP20 MCC 635 (25) 2286 (90) 635 (25)
IP54 Rittal 606 (24) 2404 (94.6) 655 (25.8)
F10 20DC460x... IP21 Rittal 597 (23.5) 2275 (89.6) 633 (25) F8 20G1ynC540…
20DC500x... IP20 MCC 635 (25) 2286 (90) 635 (25)
IP54 Rittal 606 (24) 2404 (94.6) 655 (25.8)
F8 20G1ynC585…
F11 20DC590x... IP21 Rittal 797 (31.4) 2275 (89.6) 622 (24.5) F8 20G1ynC650…
20DC650x... IP20 MCC 889 (35) 2286 (90) 635 (25)
IP54 Rittal 806 (31.7) 2415 (95) 655 (25.8)
F8 20G1ynC750…
F11 20DC650x... IP21 Rittal 797 (31.4) 2275 (89.6) 622 (24.5) F8 20G1ynC770…
20DC730x... IP20 MCC 889 (35) 2286 (90) 635 (25)
IP54 Rittal 806 (31.7) 2415 (95) 655 (25.8)
F12 20DC820x... IP21 Rittal 1196 (47) 2275 (89.6) 633 (24.9) F9 20G1ynC920… 2006 (79.0) 2132 (83.9) 676 (26.6)
20DC920x... IP20 MCC 1270 (50) 2286 (90) 635 (25) /2291 (90.2) /721 (38.4)
IP54 Rittal 1205 (47.5) 2415 (95) 655 (25.8)
F12 20DC920x... IP21 Rittal 1196 (47) 2275 (89.6) 633 (24.9) F9 20G1ynC1K0…
20DC1K0x... IP20 MCC 1270 (50) 2286 (90) 635 (25)
IP54 Rittal 1205 (47.5) 2404 (94.6) 655 (25.8)
F13 20DC1K1x... IP21 Rittal 1412 (56) 2275(89.6) 619 (24.4) F9 20G1ynC1K1…
IP54 Rittal 2444 (104.5) 662 (26.1)
F13 20DC1K1x... IP21 Rittal 1412 (56) 2275 (89.6) 619 (24.4) F9 20G1ynC1K2…
IP54 Rittal 2444 (104.5) 662 (26.1)
F13 20DC1K3x... IP21 Rittal 1600 (63) 2275 (89.6) 619 (24.4) F9 20G1ynC1K4…
20DC1K4x... IP54 Rittal 2444 (104.5) 662 (26.1)
F13 20DC1K4x... IP21 Rittal 1600 (63) 2275 (89.6) 619 (24.4) F10 20G1ynC1K6… 3206 (126.6) 2132 (83.9) 676 (26.6)
IP54 Rittal 2444 (104.5) 662 (26.1) /2291 (90.2) /721 (38.4)
F10 20G1ynC1K7…
F10 20G1ynC2K1…
F11 20G1ynC2K8… 3206 (126.6) 2132 (83.9) 676 (26.6)
/2291 (90.2) /721 (38.4)
F12 20G1ynC3K5… 4606 (181.3) 2132 (83.9) 676 (26.6)
/2291 (90.2) /721 (38.4)
(1) <x> in catalog number is PowerFlex 700S enclosure type; catalog code A = IP21 Rittal, catalog code B = IP20 MCC, catalog code H = IP54 Rittal.
(2) <n> In catalog number is PowerFlex 755T enclosure type; catalog code 3= IP21, catalog code 4= IP54.
<y> in catalog number is PowerFlex 755T input type; catalog code D= 755TM common bus inverter with precharge, E= 755TM common bus inverter without precharge, catalog code F= 755TL,
catalog code G= 755TR.
(3) Width dimension shows total width with power bay and control bay. The control bay is always 300 mm (11.8 in.). One control bay can serve two power bays if configured correctly. Optional wiring
bays add to total width. If optional bays are required, refer to publication 750-TD100 for dimensions and weights.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018 57

Chapter 1 Selection Considerations

Table 26 - 480V AC Input Dimension Cross Reference

PowerFlex 700S (20D…) PowerFlex 755TL/TR (20G1G/F…)
Frame Catalog Enclosure Width Height Depth Frame 755TL/TR Width(3) Height Depth
Size Number(1) Type mm (in.) mm (in.) mm (in.) Size Catalog mm (in.) IP21/IP54 IP21/IP54
Number(2) mm (in.) mm (in.)
F9 20DD261x... IP21 480 (18.9) 1150 (45.3) 363 (14.3) F8 20G1ynD302… 1206 (47.5) 2132 (83.9) 676 (26.6)
20DD300x... /2291 (90.2) /721 (28.4)
F10 20DD385x... IP21 Rittal 597 (23.5) 2275 (89.6) 633 (25) F8 20G1ynD361…
IP20 MCC 635 (25) 2286 (90) 635 (25)
IP54 Rittal 606 (24) 2404 (94.6) 655 (25.8)
F10 20DD385x... IP21 Rittal 597 (23.5) 2275 (89.6) 633 (25) F8 20G1ynD430…
IP20 MCC 635 (25) 2286 (90) 635 (25)
IP54 Rittal 606 (24) 2404 (94.6) 655 (25.8)
F10 20DD460x... IP21 Rittal 597 (23.5) 2275 (89.6) 633 (25) F8 20G1ynD505…
20DD500x... IP20 MCC 635 (25) 2286 (90) 635 (25)
IP54 Rittal 606 (24) 2404 (94.6) 655 (25.8)
F8 20G1ynD545…
F11 20DD590x... IP21 Rittal 797 (31.4) 2275 (89.6) 622 (24.5) F8 20G1ynD617…
IP20 MCC 889 (35) 2286 (90) 635 (25)
IP54 Rittal 806 (31.7) 2415 (95) 655 (25.8)
F11 20DD590x... IP21 Rittal 797 (31.4) 2275 (89.6) 622 (24.5) F8 20G1ynD710…
20DD650x... IP20 MCC 889 (35) 2286 (90) 635 (25)
IP54 Rittal 806 (31.7) 2415 (95) 655 (25.8)
F11 20DD650x... IP21 Rittal 797 (31.4) 2275 (89.6) 622 (24.5) F8 20G1ynD740…
20DD730x... IP20 MCC 889 (35) 2286 (90) 635 (25)
IP54 Rittal 806 (31.7) 2415 (95) 655 (25.8)
F11 20DD730x... IP21 Rittal 797 (31.4) 2275 (89.6) 622 (24.5) F9 20G1ynD800… 2006 (79.0) 2132 (83.9) 676 (26.6)
IP20 MCC 889 (35) 2286 (90) 635 (25) /2291 (90.2) /721 (38.4)
IP54 Rittal 806 (31.7)) 2415 (95) 655 (25.8)
F12 20DD820x... IP21 Rittal 1196 (47) 2275 (89.6) 633 (24.9)
IP20 MCC 1270 (50) 2286 (90) 635 (25)
IP54 Rittal 1205 (47.4 2404 (94.6) 655 (25.8)
F12 20DD820x... IP21 Rittal 1196 (47) 2275 (89.6) 633 (24.9) F9 20G1ynD960…
20DD920x... IP20 MCC 1270 (50) 2286 (90) 635 (25)
IP54 Rittal 1205 (47.4) 2404 (94.6) 655 (25.8)
F12 20DD920x... IP21 Rittal 1196 (47) 2275 (89.6) 633 (24.9) F9 20G1ynD1K0…
20DD1K0x... IP20 MCC 1270 (50) 2286 (90) 635 (25)
IP54 Rittal 1205 (47.4) 2404 (94.6) 655 (25.8)
F13 20DD1K1x... IP21 Rittal 1412 (56) 2275 (89.6) 619 (24.4) F9 20G1ynD1K1…
IP54 Rittal 2444 (104.5) 662 (26.1)
F13 20DD1K1x... IP21 Rittal 1412 (56) 2275 (89.6) 619 (24.4) F9 20G1ynD1K3…
IP54 Rittal 1412 (56) 2444 (104.5) 662 (26.1)
F13 20DD1K3x... IP21 Rittal 1600 (63) 2275 (89.6) 619 (24.4)
IP54 Rittal 1600 (63) 2444 (104.5) 662 (26.1)
F13 20DD1K3x... IP21 Rittal 1600 (63) 2275 (89.6) 619 (24.4) F10 20G1ynD1K4… 3206 (126.6) 2132 (83.9) 676 (26.6)
20DD1K4x... IP54 Rittal 1600 (63) 2444 (104.5) 662 (26.1) /2291 (90.2) /721 (38.4)
F13 20DD1K4x... IP21 Rittal 1600 (63) 2275 (89.6) 619 (24.4) F10 20G1ynD1K6…
IP54 Rittal 1600 (63) 2444 (104.5) 662 (26.1)
F10 20G1ynD2K0…
F11 20G1ynD2K6… 3206 (126.6) 2132 (83.9) 676 (26.6)
/2291 (90.2) /721 (38.4)
F12 20G1ynD3K4… 4606 (181.3) 2132 (83.9) 676 (26.6)
/2291 (90.2) /721 (38.4)
(1) <x> in catalog number is PowerFlex 700S enclosure type; catalog code A = IP21 Rittal, catalog code B = IP20 MCC, catalog code H = IP54 Rittal.
(2) <n> In catalog number is PowerFlex 755T enclosure type; catalog code 3= IP21, catalog code 4= IP54.
<y> in catalog number is PowerFlex 755T input type; catalog code D= 755TM common bus inverter with precharge, E= 755TM common bus inverter without precharge, catalog code F= 755TL,
catalog code G= 755TR.
(3) Width dimension shows total width with power bay and control bay. The control bay is always 300 mm (11.8 in.). One control bay can serve two power bays if configured correctly. Optional wiring
bays add to total width. If optional bays are required, refer to publication 750-TD100 for dimensions and weights.

58 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

 Selection Considerations Chapter 1

Table 27 - 600V AC Input Dimension Cross Reference

PowerFlex 700S (20D…) PowerFlex 755TL/TR (20G1G/F…)
Frame Catalog Enclosure Width Height Depth Frame 755TL/TR Width(3) Height Depth
Size Number(1) Type mm (in.) mm (in.) mm (in.) Size Catalog mm (in.) IP21/IP54 IP21/IP54
Number(2) mm (in.) mm (in.)
F9 20DE170x... IP21 480 (18.9) 1150 (45.3) 363 (14.3) F8 20G1ynE242… 1206 (47.5) 2132 (83.9) 676 (26.6)
20DE208x... /2291 (90.2) /721 (38.4)
F10 20DE261x... IP21 Rittal 597 (23.5) 2275 (89.6) 633 (25) F8 20G1ynE295…
IP20 MCC 635 (25) 2286 (90) 635 (25)
IP54 Rittal 606 (24) 2404 (94.6) 655 (25.8)
F10 20DE325x... IP21 Rittal 597 (23.5) 2275 (89.6) 633 (25) F8 20G1ynE355…
IP20 MCC 635 (25) 2286 (90) 635 (25)
IP54 Rittal 606 (24) 2404 (94.6) 655 (25.8)
F10 20DE385x... IP21 Rittal 597 (23.5) 2275 (89.6) 633 (25) F8 20G1ynE395…
20DE416x... IP20 MCC 635 (25) 2286 (90) 635 (25)
IP54 Rittal 606 (24) 2404 (94.6) 655 (25.8)
F10 20DE416x... IP21 Rittal 597 (23.5) 2275 (89.6) 633 (25) F8 20G1ynE435…
IP20 MCC 635 (25) 2286 (90) 635 (25)
IP54 Rittal 606 (24) 2404 (94.6) 655 (25.8)
F11 20DE460x... IP21 Rittal 797 (31.4) 2275 (89.6) 622 (24.5)
IP20 MCC 889 (35) 2286 (90) 635 (25)
IP54 Rittal 806 (31.7) 2415 (95) 655 (25.8)
F11 20DE460x... IP21 Rittal 797 (31.4) 2275 (89.6) 622 (24.5) F8 20G1ynE545…
20DE502x... IP20 MCC 889 (35) 2286 (90) 635 (25)
IP54 Rittal 806 (31.7) 2415 (95) 655 (25.8)
F11 20DE502x... IP21 Rittal 797 (31.4) 2275 (89.6) 622 (24.5) F9 20G1ynE595… 2006 (79.0) 2132 (83.9) 676 (26.6)
20DE590x... IP20 MCC 889 (35) 2286 (90) 635 (25) /2291 (90.2) /721 (38.4)
IP54 Rittal 806 (31.7) 2415 (95) 655 (25.8)
F11 20DE590x... IP21 Rittal 797 (31.4) 2275 (89.6) 622 (24.5) F9 20G1ynE690…
IP20 MCC 889 (35) 2286 (90) 635 (25)
IP54 Rittal 806 (31.7) 2415 (95) 655 (25.8)
F12 20DE650x... IP21 Rittal 1196 (47) 2275 (89.6) 633 (24.9)
IP20 MCC 1270 (50) 2286 (90) 635 (25)
IP54 Rittal 1205 (47.4) 2404 (94.6) 655 (25.8)
F12 20DE750x... IP21 Rittal 1196 (47) 2275 (89.6) 633 (24.9) F9 20G1ynE760…
20DE820x... IP20 MCC 1270 (50) 2286 (90) 635 (25)
IP54 Rittal 1205 (47.4) 2404 (94.6) 655 (25.8)
F12 20DE820x... IP21 Rittal 1196 (47) 2275 (89.6) 633 (24.9) F9 20G1ynE825…
IP20 MCC 1270 (50) 2286 (90) 635 (25)
IP54 Rittal 1205 (47.4) 2404 (94.6) 655 (25.8)
F13 20DE920x... IP21 Rittal 1412 (56) 2275 (89.6) 619 (24.4) F9 20G1ynE980…
IP54 Rittal 2444 (104.5) 662 (26.1)
F13 20DE1K0x... IP21 Rittal 1412 (56) 2275 (89.6) 619 (24.4) F10 20G1ynE1K1… 3206 (126.6) 2132 (83.9) 676 (26.6)
IP54 Rittal 2444 (104.5) 662 (26.1) /2291 (90.2) /721 (38.4)
F13 20DE1K1x... IP21 Rittal 1412 (56) 2275 (89.6) 619 (24.4) F10 20G1ynE1K2…
IP54 Rittal 2444 (104.5) 662 (26.1)
F10 20G1ynE1K5…
F14 20DE1K5x... IP21 Rittal 2397 (94.4) 2276 (90) 620 (24.5) F11 20G1ynE2K0… 3206 (126.6) 2132 (83.9) 676 (26.6)
IP54 Rittal 2400 (94.4) 2276 (90) 662 (26) /2291 (90.2) /721 (38.4)
F12 20G1ynE2K4… 4606 (181.3) 2132 (83.9) 676 (26.6)
/2291 (90.2) /721 (38.4)
(1) <x> in catalog number is PowerFlex 700S enclosure type; catalog code A = IP21 Rittal, catalog code B = IP20 MCC, catalog code H = IP54 Rittal.
(2) <n> In catalog number is PowerFlex 755T enclosure type; catalog code 3= IP21, catalog code 4= IP54.
<y> in catalog number is PowerFlex 755T input type; catalog code D= 755TM common bus inverter with precharge, E= 755TM common bus inverter without precharge, catalog code F= 755TL,
catalog code G= 755TR.
(3) Width dimension shows total width with power bay and control bay. The control bay is always 300 mm (11.8 in.). One control bay can serve two power bays if configured correctly. Optional wiring
bays add to total width. If optional bays are required, refer to publication 750-TD100 for dimensions and weights.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018 59

Chapter 1 Selection Considerations

Table 28 - 690V AC Input Dimension Cross Reference

PowerFlex 700S (20D…) PowerFlex 755TL/TR (20G1G/F…)
Frame Catalog Enclosure Width Height Depth Frame 755TL/TR Width(3) Height Depth
Size Number(1) Type mm (in.) mm (in.) mm (in.) Size Catalog mm (in.) IP21/IP54 IP21/IP54
Number(2) mm (in.) mm (in.)
F9 20DF170x... IP21 480 (18.9) 1150 (45.3) 363 (14.3) F8 20G1ynF215… 1206 (47.5) 2132 (83.9) 676 (26.6)
20DF208x... /2291 (90.2) /721 (38.4)
F10 20DF261x... IP21 Rittal 597 (23.5) 2275 (89.6) 633 (25) F8 20G1ynF265…
IP20 MCC 635 (25) 2286 (90) 635 (25)
IP54 Rittal 606 (24) 2404 (94.6) 655 (25.8)
F10 20DF325x... IP21 Rittal 597 (23.5) 2275 (89.6) 633 (25) F8 20G1ynF330…
IP20 MCC 635 (25) 2286 (90) 635 (25)
IP54 Rittal 606 (24) 2404 (94.6) 655 (25.8)
F10 20DF385x... IP21 Rittal 597 (23.5) 2275 (89.6) 633 (25) F8 20G1ynF370…
20DF416x... IP20 MCC 635 (25) 2286 (90) 635 (25)
IP54 Rittal 606 (24) 2404 (94.6) 655 (25.8)
F10 20DF385x... IP21 Rittal 597 (23.5) 2275 (89.6) 633 (25) F8 20G1ynF415…
20DF416x... IP20 MCC 635 (25) 2286 (90) 635 (25)
IP54 Rittal 606 (24) 2404 (94.6) 655 (25.8)
F11 20DF460x... IP21 Rittal 797 (31.4) 2275 (89.6) 622 (24.5) F8 20G1ynF505…
20DF502x... IP20 MCC 889 (35) 2286 (90) 635 (25)
IP54 Rittal 806 (31.7) 2415 (95) 655 (25.8)
F11 20DF502x... IP21 Rittal 797 (31.4) 2275 (89.6) 622 (24.5) F9 20G1ynF565… 2006 (79.0) 2132 (83.9) 676 (26.6)
20DF590x... IP20 MCC 889 (35) 2286 (90) 635 (25) /2291 (90.2) /721 (38.4)
IP54 Rittal 806 (31.7) 2415 (95) 655 (25.8)
F11 20DF590x... IP21 Rittal 797 (31.4) 2275 (89.6) 622 (24.5) F9 20G1ynF650…
IP20 MCC 889 (35) 2286 (90) 635 (25)
IP54 Rittal 806 (31.7) 2415 (95) 655 (25.8)
F12 20DF650x... IP21 Rittal 1196 (47) 2275 (89.6) 633 (24.9)
IP20 MCC 1270 (50) 2286 (90) 635 (25)
IP54 Rittal 1205 (47.4) 2404 (94.6) 655 (25.8)
F12 20DF650x... IP21 Rittal 1196 (47) 2275 (89.6) 633 (24.9) F9 20G1ynF735…
20DF750x... IP20 MCC 1270 (50) 2286 (90) 635 (25)
20DF820x... IP54 Rittal 1205 (47.4) 2404 (94.6) 655 (25.8)
F12 20DF750x... IP21 Rittal 1196 (47) 2275 (89.6) 633 (24.9) F9 20G1ynF820…
20DF820x... IP20 MCC 1270 (50) 2286 (90) 635 (25)
IP54 Rittal 1205 (47.4) 2404 (94.6) 655 (25.8)
F13 20DF920x... IP21 Rittal 1412 (56) 2275 (89.6) 619 (24.4) F9 20G1ynF920…
IP54 Rittal 2444 (104.5) 662 (26.1)
F13 20DF1K0x... IP21 Rittal 1412 (56) 2275 (89.6) 619 (24.4) F10 20G1ynF1K0… 3206 (126.6) 2132 (83.9) 676 (26.6)
IP54 Rittal 2444 (104.5) 662 (26.1) /2291 (90.2) /721 (38.4)
F13 20DF1K1x... IP21 Rittal 1412 (56) 2275 (89.6) 619 (24.4) F10 20G1ynF1K1…
IP54 Rittal 2444 (104.5) 662 (26.1)
F13 20DF1K1x... IP21 Rittal 1412 (56) 2275 (89.6) 619 (24.4) F10 20G1ynF1K4…
IP54 Rittal 2444 (104.5) 662 (26.1)
F14 20DF1K5x... IP21 Rittal 2397 (94.4) 2276 (90) 620 (24.5) F11 20G1ynF1K8… 3206 (126.6) 2132 (83.9) 676 (26.6)
IP54 Rittal 2400 (94.4) 2276 (90) 662 (26) /2291 (90.2) /721 (38.4)
F12 20G1ynF2K3… 4606 (181.3) 2132 (83.9) 676 (26.6)
/2291 (90.2) /721 (38.4)
(1) <x> in catalog number is PowerFlex 700S enclosure type; catalog code A = IP21 Rittal, catalog code B = IP20 MCC, catalog code H = IP54 Rittal.
(2) <n> In catalog number is PowerFlex 755T enclosure type; catalog code 3= IP21, catalog code 4= IP54.
<y> in catalog number is PowerFlex 755T input type; catalog code D= 755TM common bus inverter with precharge, E= 755TM common bus inverter without precharge, catalog code F= 755TL,
catalog code G= 755TR.
(3) Width dimension shows total width with power bay and control bay. The control bay is always 300 mm (11.8 in.). One control bay can serve two power bays if configured correctly. Optional wiring
bays add to total width. If optional bays are required, refer to publication 750-TD100 for dimensions and weights.

60 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

 Selection Considerations Chapter 1

DC Input Dimensional Cross Table 29 through Table 32 compare approximate dimensions of DC input
PowerFlex 700S drives and DC input PowerFlex 755TM common bus
Reference inverters. Shaded rows in the table indicate an acceptable cross-reference unless
noted otherwise. Outline dimensional drawings are shown in Appendix A on
page 121.

IMPORTANT The PowerFlex 700S frame 9 drive is usually mounted within an enclosure,
however, it can be wall-mounted per the catalog numbers shown. The
equivalent PowerFlex 755TM common bus inverter is supplied as a floor
standing enclosure. Consider the mounting and enclosure types that are
used for your PowerFlex 700S frame 9 migration solution to ensure the
PowerFlex 755TM enclosed common bus inverter can be installed in the
available space.

Because it is impossible to predict the combinations of hardware that could be

used in the existing PowerFlex 700S drive configuration, these tables only
consider migration solutions based on published catalog ratings for the
PowerFlex 700S drives.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018 61

Chapter 1 Selection Considerations

Table 29 - 540V DC Input Dimension Cross Reference

PowerFlex 700S (20D…) PowerFlex 755TM Common Bus Inverter (20G1D/E…)
Frame DC Input Enclosure Width Height Depth(2) Frame Common Bus Width(4) Height Depth
Size without Type mm (in.) mm (in.) mm (in.) Size Inverter mm (in.) IP21/IP54 IP21/IP54
Precharge Catalog mm (in.) mm (in.)
Catalog Number(3)
Number(1)
F9 20DH261x… IP21 480 (18.9) 1150 (45.3) 363 (14.3) F8 20G1ynC302… 700 (27.6) 2132 (83.9) 676 (26.6)
F9 20DH300x… /2291 (90.2) /721 (38.4)
F10 20DH385x… IP21 Rittal 597 (23.5) 2275 (89.6) 633 (25) F8 20G1ynC367…
IP20 MCC 635 (25) 2286 (90) 635 (25)
IP54 Rittal 606 (24) 2404 (94.6) 655 (25.8)
F10 20DH460x… IP21 Rittal 597 (23.5) 2275 (89.6) 633 (25) F8 20G1ynC460…
IP20 MCC 635 (25) 2286 (90) 635 (25)
IP54 Rittal 606 (24) 2404 (94.6) 655 (25.8)
F10 20DH460x… IP21 Rittal 597 (23.5) 2275 (89.6) 633 (25) F8 20G1ynC540…
F10 20DH500x… IP20 MCC 635 (25) 2286 (90) 635 (25)
IP54 Rittal 606 (24) 2404 (94.6) 655 (25.8)
F8 20G1ynC585…
F11 20DH590x… IP21 Rittal 797 (31.4) 2275 (89.6) 622 (24.5) F8 20G1ynC650…
F11 20DH650x… IP20 MCC 889 (35) 2286 (90) 635 (25)
IP54 Rittal 806 (31.7) 2415 (95) 655 (25.8)
F8 20G1ynC750…
F11 20DH650x… IP21 Rittal 797 (31.4) 2275 (89.6) 622 (24.5) F8 20G1ynC770…
F11 20DH730x… IP20 MCC 889 (35) 2286 (90) 635 (25)
IP54 Rittal 806 (31.7) 2415 (95) 655 (25.8)
F12 20DH820x… IP21 Rittal 1196 (47) 2275 (89.6) 633 (24.9) F9 20G1ynC920… 900 (35.4) 2132 (83.9) 676 (26.6)
F12 20DH920x… IP20 MCC 1270 (50) 2286 (90) 635 (25) /2291 (90.2) /721 (38.4)
IP54 Rittal 1205 (47.5) 2404 (94.6) 655 (25.8)
F12 20DH920x… IP21 Rittal 1196 (47) 2275 (89.6) 633 (24.9) F9 20G1ynC1K0…
F12 20DH1K0x… IP20 MCC 1270 (50) 2286 (90) 635 (25)
IP54 Rittal 1205 (47.5) 2404 (94.6) 655 (25.8)
F13 20DH1K1x… IP21 Rittal 1412 (56) 2275 (89.6) 619 (24.4) F9 20G1ynC1K1…
IP54 Rittal 2444 (104.5) 662 (26.1)
F13 20DH1K1x… IP21 Rittal 1412 (56) 2275 (89.6) 619 (24.4) F9 20G1ynC1K2…
IP54 Rittal 2444 (104.5) 662 (26.1)
F13 20DH1K3x… IP21 Rittal 1600 (63) 2275 (89.6) 619 (24.4) F9 20G1ynC1K4…
F13 20DH1K4x… IP54 Rittal 2444 (104.5) 662 (26.1)
F13 20DH1K4x… IP21 Rittal 1600 (63) 2275 (89.6) 619 (24.4) F10 20G1ynC1K6… 1100 (43.3) 2132 (83.9) 676 (26.6)
IP54 Rittal 2444 (104.5) 662 (26.1) /2291 (90.2) /721 (38.4)
F10 20G1ynC1K7…
F10 20G1ynC2K1…
F11 20G1ynC2K8… 1500 (59) 2132 (83.9) 676 (26.6)
/2291 (90.2) /721 (38.4)
F12 20G1ynC3K5… 1700 (66.9) 2132 (83.9) 676 (26.6)
/2291 (90.2) /721 (38.4)
(1) <x> in catalog number is PowerFlex 700S enclosure type; catalog code A = IP21 Rittal, catalog code B = IP20 MCC, catalog code H = IP54 Rittal.
(2) The dimensions of these PowerFlex 700S units is less than the equivalent PowerFlex 755T unit. Use judgment to ensure there is sufficient space for the migration solution.
(3) <n> In catalog number is PowerFlex 755T enclosure type; catalog code 3= IP21, catalog code 4= IP54.
<y> in catalog number is PowerFlex 755T input type; catalog code D= 755TM common bus inverter with precharge, E= 755TM common bus inverter without precharge, catalog code F= 755TL,
catalog code G= 755TR.
(4) Width dimension shows total width with power bay and control bay. The control bay is always 300 mm (11.8 in.). One control bay can serve two power bays if configured correctly. Optional wiring
bays add to total width. If optional bays are required, refer to publication 750-TD100 for dimensions and weights.

62 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

 Selection Considerations Chapter 1

Table 30 - 650V DC Input Dimension Cross Reference

PowerFlex 700S (20D…) PowerFlex 755TM Common Bus Inverter (20G1D/E…)
Frame DC Input Enclosure Width Height Depth(2) Frame Common Bus Width(4) Height Depth
Size without Type mm (in.) mm (in.) mm (in.) Size Inverter mm (in.) IP21/IP54 IP21/IP54
Precharge Catalog mm (in.) mm (in.)
Catalog Number(3)
Number(1)
F9 20DJ261x… IP21 480 (18.9) 1150 (45.3) 363 (14.3) F8 20G1ynD302… 700 (27.6) 2132 (83.9)/ 676 (26.6)/
F9 20DJ300x… 2291 (90.2) 721 (38.4)
F10 20DJ385x… IP21 Rittal 597 (23.5) 2275 (89.6) 633 (25) F8 20G1ynD361…
IP20 MCC 635 (25) 2286 (90) 635 (25)
IP54 Rittal 606 (24) 2404 (94.6) 655 (25.8)
F10 20DJ385x… IP21 Rittal 597 (23.5) 2275 (89.6) 633 (25) F8 20G1ynD430…
IP20 MCC 635 (25) 2286 (90) 635 (25)
IP54 Rittal 606 (24) 2404 (94.6) 655 (25.8)
F10 20DJ460x… IP21 Rittal 597 (23.5) 2275 (89.6) 633 (25) F8 20G1ynD505…
F10 20DJ500x… IP20 MCC 635 (25) 2286 (90) 635 (25)
IP54 Rittal 606 (24) 2404 (94.6) 655 (25.8)
F8 20G1ynD545…
F11 20DJ590x… IP21 Rittal 797 (31.4) 2275 (89.6) 622 (24.5) F8 20G1ynD617…
IP20 MCC 889 (35) 2286 (90) 635 (25)
IP54 Rittal 806 (31.7) 2415 (95) 655 (25.8)
F11 20DJ590x… IP21 Rittal 797 (31.4) 2275 (89.6) 622 (24.5) F8 20G1ynD710…
F11 20DJ650x… IP20 MCC 889 (35) 2286 (90) 635 (25)
IP54 Rittal 806 (31.7) 2415 (95) 655 (25.8)
F11 20DJ650x… IP21 Rittal 797 (31.4) 2275 (89.6) 622 (24.5) F8 20G1ynD740…
F11 20DJ730x… IP20 MCC 889 (35) 2286 (90) 635 (25)
IP54 Rittal 806 (31.7) 2415 (95) 655 (25.8)
F11 20DJ730x… IP21 Rittal 797 (31.4) 2275 (89.6) 622 (24.5) F9 20G1ynD800… 900 (35.4) 2132 (83.9)/ 676 (26.6)/
IP20 MCC 889 (35) 2286 (90) 635 (25) 2291 (90.2) 721 (38.4)
IP54 Rittal 806 (31.7) 2415 (95) 655 (25.8)
F12 20DJ820x… IP21 Rittal 1196 (47) 2275 (89.6) 633 (24.9)
IP20 MCC 1270 (50) 2286 (90) 635 (25)
IP54 Rittal 1205 (47.4) 2404 (94.6) 655 (25.8)
F12 20DJ820x… IP21 Rittal 1196 (47) 2275 (89.6) 633 (24.9) F9 20G1ynD960…
F12 20DJ920x… IP20 MCC 1270 (50) 2286 (90) 635 (25)
IP54 Rittal 1205 (47.4) 2404 (94.6) 655 (25.8)
F12 20DJ920x… IP21 Rittal 1196 (47) 2275 (89.6) 633 (24.9) F9 20G1ynD1K0…
F12 20DJ1K0x… IP20 MCC 1270 (50) 2286 (90) 635 (25)
IP54 Rittal 1205 (47.4) 2404 (94.6) 655 (25.8)
F13 20DJ1K1x… IP21 Rittal 1412 (56) 2275 (89.6) 619 (24.4) F9 20G1ynD1K1…
IP54 Rittal 2444 (104.5) 662 (26.1)
F13 20DJ1K1x… IP21 Rittal 1412 (56) 2275 (89.6) 619 (24.4) F9 20G1ynD1K3…
IP54 Rittal 1412 (56) 2444 (104.5) 662 (26.1)
F13 20DJ1K3x… IP21 Rittal 1600 (63) 2275 (89.6) 619 (24.4)
IP54 Rittal 1600 (63) 2444 (104.5) 662 (26.1)
F13 20DJ1K3x… IP21 Rittal 1600 (63) 2275 (89.6) 619 (24.4) F10 20G1ynD1K4… 1100 (43.3) 2132 (83.9)/ 676 (26.6)/
F13 20DJ1K4x… IP54 Rittal 1600 (63) 2444 (104.5) 662 (26.1) 2291 (90.2) 721 (38.4)
F13 20DJ1K4x… IP21 Rittal 1600 (63) 2275 (89.6) 619 (24.4) F10 20G1ynD1K6…
IP54 Rittal 1600 (63) 2444 (104.5) 662 (26.1)
F10 20G1ynD2K0…
F11 20G1ynD2K6… 1500 (59) 2132 (83.9)/ 676 (26.6)/
2291 (90.2) 721 (38.4)
F12 20G1ynD3K4… 1700 (66.9) 2132 (83.9)/ 676 (26.6)/
2291 (90.2) 721 (38.4)
(1) <x> in catalog number is PowerFlex 700S enclosure type; catalog code A = IP21 Rittal, catalog code B = IP20 MCC, catalog code H = IP54 Rittal.
(2) The dimensions of these PowerFlex 700S units is less than the equivalent PowerFlex 755T unit. Use judgment to ensure there is sufficient space for the migration solution.
(3) <n> In catalog number is PowerFlex 755T enclosure type; catalog code 3= IP21, catalog code 4= IP54.
<y> in catalog number is PowerFlex 755T input type; catalog code D= 755TM common bus inverter with precharge, E= 755TM common bus inverter without precharge, catalog code F= 755TL,
catalog code G= 755TR.
(4) Width dimension shows total width with power bay and control bay. The control bay is always 300 mm (11.8 in.). One control bay can serve two power bays if configured correctly. Optional wiring
bays add to total width. If optional bays are required, refer to publication 750-TD100 for dimensions and weights.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018 63

Chapter 1 Selection Considerations

Table 31 - 810V DC Input Dimension Cross Reference

PowerFlex 700S (20D…) PowerFlex 755TM Common Bus Inverter (20G1D/E…)
Frame DC Input Enclosure Width Height Depth(2) Frame Common Bus Width(4) Height Depth
Size without Type mm (in.) mm (in.) mm (in.) Size Inverter mm (in.) IP21/IP54 IP21/IP54
Precharge Catalog mm (in.) mm (in.)
Catalog Number(3)
Number(1)
F9 20DK170x… IP21 480 (18.9) 1150 (45.3) 363 (14.3) F8 20G1ynE242… 700 (27.6) 2132 (83.9)/ 676 (26.6)/
F9 20DK208x… 2291 (90.2) 721 (38.4)
F10 20DK261x… IP21 Rittal 597 (23.5) 2275 (89.6) 633 (25) F8 20G1ynE295…
IP20 MCC 635 (25) 2286 (90) 635 (25)
IP54 Rittal 606 (24) 2404 (94.6) 655 (25.8)
F10 20DK325x… IP21 Rittal 597 (23.5) 2275 (89.6) 633 (25) F8 20G1ynE355…
IP20 MCC 635 (25) 2286 (90) 635 (25)
IP54 Rittal 606 (24) 2404 (94.6) 655 (25.8)
F10 20DK385x… IP21 Rittal 597 (23.5) 2275 (89.6) 633 (25) F8 20G1ynE395…
F10 20DK416x… IP20 MCC 635 (25) 2286 (90) 635 (25)
IP54 Rittal 606 (24) 2404 (94.6) 655 (25.8)
F10 20DK416x… IP21 Rittal 597 (23.5) 2275 (89.6) 633 (25) F8 20G1ynE435…
IP20 MCC 635 (25) 2286 (90) 635 (25)
IP54 Rittal 606 (24) 2404 (94.6) 655 (25.8)
F11 20DK460x… IP21 Rittal 797 (31.4) 2275 (89.6) 622 (24.5)
IP20 MCC 889 (35) 2286 (90) 635 (25)
IP54 Rittal 806 (31.7) 2415 (95) 655 (25.8)
F11 20DK460x… IP21 Rittal 797 (31.4) 2275 (89.6) 622 (24.5) F8 20G1ynE545…
F11 20DK502x… IP20 MCC 889 (35) 2286 (90) 635 (25)
IP54 Rittal 806 (31.7) 2415 (95) 655 (25.8)
F11 20DK502x… IP21 Rittal 797 (31.4) 2275 (89.6) 622 (24.5) F9 20G1ynE595… 900 (35.4) 2132 (83.9)/ 676 (26.6)/
F11 20DK590x… IP20 MCC 889 (35) 2286 (90) 635 (25) 2291 (90.2) 721 (38.4)
IP54 Rittal 806 (31.7) 2415 (95) 655 (25.8)
F11 20DK590x… IP21 Rittal 797 (31.4) 2275 (89.6) 622 (24.5) F9 20G1ynE690…
IP20 MCC 889 (35) 2286 (90) 635 (25)
IP54 Rittal 806 (31.7) 2415 (95) 655 (25.8)
F12 20DK650x… IP21 Rittal 1196 (47) 2275 (89.6) 633 (24.9)
IP20 MCC 1270 (50) 2286 (90) 635 (25)
IP54 Rittal 1205 (47.4) 2404 (94.6) 655 (25.8)
F12 20DK750x… IP21 Rittal 1196 (47) 2275 (89.6) 633 (24.9) F9 20G1ynE760…
F12 20DK820x… IP20 MCC 1270 (50) 2286 (90) 635 (25)
IP54 Rittal 1205 (47.4) 2404 (94.6) 655 (25.8)
F12 20DK820x… IP21 Rittal 1196 (47) 2275 (89.6) 633 (24.9) F9 20G1ynE825…
IP20 MCC 1270 (50) 2286 (90) 635 (25)
IP54 Rittal 1205 (47.4) 2404 (94.6) 655 (25.8)
F13 20DK920x… IP21 Rittal 1412 (56) 2275 (89.6) 619 (24.4) F9 20G1ynE980…
IP54 Rittal 2444 (104.5) 662 (26.1)
F13 20DK1K0x… IP21 Rittal 1412 (56) 2275 (89.6) 619 (24.4) F10 20G1ynE1K1… 1100 (43.3) 2132 (83.9)/ 676 (26.6)/
IP54 Rittal 2444 (104.5) 662 (26.1) 2291 (90.2) 721 (38.4)
F13 20DK1K1x… IP21 Rittal 1412 (56) 2275 (89.6) 619 (24.4) F10 20G1ynE1K2…
IP54 Rittal 2444 (104.5) 662 (26.1)
F10 20G1ynE1K5…
F14 20DK1K5x... IP21 Rittal 1597 (63) 2270 (89.4) 620 (24.5) F11 20G1ynE2K0… 1500 (59) 2132 (83.9)/ 676 (26.6)/
IP54 Rittal 1597 (63) 2276 (90) 662 (26) 2291 (90.2) 721 (38.4)
F12 20G1ynE2K4… 1700 (66.9) 2132 (83.9)/ 676 (26.6)/
2291 (90.2) 721 (38.4)
(1) <x> in catalog number is PowerFlex 700S enclosure type; catalog code A = IP21 Rittal, catalog code B = IP20 MCC, catalog code H = IP54 Rittal.
(2) The dimensions of these PowerFlex 700S units is less than the equivalent PowerFlex 755T unit. Use judgment to ensure there is sufficient space for the migration solution.
(3) <n> In catalog number is PowerFlex 755T enclosure type; catalog code 3= IP21, catalog code 4= IP54.
<y> in catalog number is PowerFlex 755T input type; catalog code D= 755TM common bus inverter with precharge, E= 755TM common bus inverter without precharge, catalog code F= 755TL,
catalog code G= 755TR.
(4) Width dimension shows total width with power bay and control bay. The control bay is always 300 mm (11.8 in.). One control bay can serve two power bays if configured correctly. Optional wiring
bays add to total width. If optional bays are required, refer to publication 750-TD100 for dimensions and weights.

64 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

 Selection Considerations Chapter 1

Table 32 - 932V DC Input Dimension Cross Reference

PowerFlex 700S (20D…) PowerFlex 755TM Common Bus Inverter (20G1D/E…)
(2)
Frame DC Input Enclosure Width Height Depth Frame Common Bus Width(4) Height Depth
Size without Type mm (in.) mm (in.) mm (in.) Size Inverter mm (in.) IP21/IP54 IP21/IP54
Precharge Catalog mm (in.) mm (in.)
Catalog Number(3)
Number(1)
F9 20DM170x… IP21 480 (18.9) 1150 (45.3) 363 (14.3) F8 20G1ynF215… 700 (27.6) 2132 (83.9)/ 676 (26.6)/
F9 20DM208x 2291 (90.2) 721 (38.4)
F10 20DM261x… IP21 Rittal 597 (23.5) 2275 (89.6) 633 (25) F8 20G1ynF265…
IP20 MCC 635 (25) 2286 (90) 635 (25)
IP54 Rittal 606 (24) 2404 (94.6) 655 (25.8)
F10 20DM325x… IP21 Rittal 597 (23.5) 2275 (89.6) 633 (25) F8 20G1ynF330…
IP20 MCC 635 (25) 2286 (90) 635 (25)
IP54 Rittal 606 (24) 2404 (94.6) 655 (25.8)
F10 20DM385x… IP21 Rittal 597 (23.5) 2275 (89.6) 633 (25) F8 20G1ynF370…
F10 20DM416x… IP20 MCC 635 (25) 2286 (90) 635 (25)
IP54 Rittal 606 (24) 2404 (94.6) 655 (25.8)
F10 20DM385x… IP21 Rittal 597 (23.5) 2275 (89.6) 633 (25) F8 20G1ynF415…
F10 20DM416x… IP20 MCC 635 (25) 2286 (90) 635 (25)
IP54 Rittal 606 (24) 2404 (94.6) 655 (25.8)
F11 20DM460x… IP21 Rittal 797 (31.4) 2275 (89.6) 622 (24.5) F8 20G1ynF505…
F11 20DM502x... IP20 MCC 889 (35) 2286 (90) 635 (25)
IP54 Rittal 806 (31.7) 2415 (95) 655 (25.8)
F11 20DM502x… IP21 Rittal 797 (31.4) 2275 (89.6) 622 (24.5) F9 20G1ynF565… 900 (35.4) 2132 (83.9)/ 676 (26.6)/
F11 20DM590x… IP20 MCC 889 (35) 2286 (90) 635 (25) 2291 (90.2) 721 (38.4)
IP54 Rittal 806 (31.7) 2415 (95) 655 (25.8)
F11 20DM590x… IP21 Rittal 797 (31.4) 2275 (89.6) 622 (24.5) F9 20G1ynF650…
IP20 MCC 889 (35) 2286 (90) 635 (25)
IP54 Rittal 806 (31.7) 2415 (95) 655 (25.8)
F12 20DM650x... IP21 Rittal 1196 (47) 2275 (89.6) 633 (24.9)
IP20 MCC 1270 (50) 2286 (90) 635 (25)
IP54 Rittal 1205 (47.4) 2404 (94.6) 655 (25.8)
F12 20DM650x… IP21 Rittal 1196 (47) 2275 (89.6) 633 (24.9) F9 20G1ynF735…
F12 20DM750x… IP20 MCC 1270 (50) 2286 (90) 635 (25)
F12 20DM820x… IP54 Rittal 1205 (47.4) 2404 (94.6) 655 (25.8)
F12 20DM750x… IP21 Rittal 1196 (47) 2275 (89.6) 633 (24.9) F9 20G1ynF820…
F12 20DM820x… IP20 MCC 1270 (50) 2286 (90) 635 (25)
IP54 Rittal 1205 (47.4) 2404 (94.6) 655 (25.8)
F13 20DM920x… IP21 Rittal 1412 (56) 2275 (89.6) 619 (24.4) F9 20G1ynF920…
IP54 Rittal 2444 (104.5) 662 (26.1)
F13 20DM1K0x… IP21 Rittal 1412 (56) 2275 (89.6) 619 (24.4) F10 20G1ynF1K0… 1100 (43.3) 2132 (83.9)/ 676 (26.6)/
IP54 Rittal 2444 (104.5) 662 (26.1) 2291 (90.2) 721 (38.4)
F13 20DM1K1x… IP21 Rittal 1412 (56) 2275 (89.6) 619 (24.4) F10 20G1ynF1K1…
IP54 Rittal 2444 (104.5) 662 (26.1)
F13 20DM1K1x… IP21 Rittal 1412 (56) 2275 (89.6) 619 (24.4) F10 20G1ynF1K4…
IP54 Rittal 2444 (104.5) 662 (26.1)
F14 20DM1K5x… IP21 Rittal 1597 (63) 2270 (89.4) 620 (24.5) F11 20G1ynF1K8… 1500 (59) 2132 (83.9)/ 676 (26.6)/
IP54 Rittal 1597 (63) 2276 (90) 662 (26) 2291 (90.2) 721 (38.4)
F12 20G1ynF2K3… 1700 (66.9) 2132 (83.9)/ 676 (26.6)/
2291 (90.2) 721 (38.4)
(1) <x> in catalog number is PowerFlex 700S enclosure type; catalog code A = IP21 Rittal, catalog code B = IP20 MCC, catalog code H = IP54 Rittal.
(2) The dimensions of these PowerFlex 700S units is less than the equivalent PowerFlex 755T unit. Use judgment to Confirm there is sufficient space for the migration solution.
(3) <n> In catalog number is PowerFlex 755T enclosure type; catalog code 3= IP21, catalog code 4= IP54.
<y> in catalog number is PowerFlex 755T input type; catalog code D= 755TM common bus inverter with precharge, E= 755TM common bus inverter without precharge, catalog code F= 755TL,
catalog code G= 755TR.
(4) Width dimension shows total width with power bay and control bay. The control bay is always 300 mm (11.8 in.). One control bay can serve two power bays if configured correctly. Optional wiring
bays add to total width. If optional bays are required, refer to publication 750-TD100 for dimensions and weights.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018 65

Chapter 1 Selection Considerations

Device Ports and Main The PowerFlex 700S drive had some provision to add I/O and communication
option modules. The PowerFlex 755T products have many optional I/O and
Control Board I/O communication modules.

PowerFlex 700S Device Ports and Main Control Board

The PowerFlex 700S main control board has fixed I/O module configurations
that you cannot modify. There are a number of cable connection points that
allow various HIM and communication DPI™ connections.

Figure 8 - PowerFlex 700S Device Connector Locations and Assignments

1

The HIM panel opens to allow access to the DPI

interface board on back side of panel. To open the
panel, remove the screws on left side of the HIM
panel and swing open.

Back View

X2
2, 3 X1

To drive control (Main Control board

on 700S, DPI Interface board on
700H).

No. Connector Description

1 DPI Port 1 HIM connection when installed in the drive.
2 DPI Port 2 Cable connection for handheld and remote options.
3 DPI Port 3 or 2 Splitter cable that is connected to DPI Port 2 provides additional port.
4 DPI Port 5 Cable connection for communications adapter.

DPI Port 4 is not available.

66 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

 Selection Considerations Chapter 1

Figure 9 - PowerFlex 700S Main Control Board Switch and Jumper Locations

SWITCH S1
RUN PROG REMOTE

Down Up Center
JUMPER P22
4 3
= HW Enable
2 1

SWITCH S5 4 3
= No HW Enable
2 1
SIDE VIEW FRONT
TOP VIEW
Up = Open = Off

1 2
Down = Closed = On

JUMPER P13

16 16
SWITCH S2 = Gate Enabled = Gate Disabled

SIDE VIEW FRONT 15 15

TOP VIEW
Up = Open = Off

1 2 3 4
Down = Closed = On

SWITCH S4
SWITCH S3 SIDE VIEW FRONT
TOP VIEW
SIDE VIEW FRONT Up = Open = Off
TOP VIEW
Up = Open = Off
1 2
Down = Closed = On
1 2
Down = Closed = On

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018 67

Chapter 1 Selection Considerations

Table 33 - PowerFlex 700S Main Control Board Switch and Jumper Assignment
Function Default Switch Open Closed Notes
HW Enable Jumper pins 2-4 SHUNT pins 2-4 pins 1-3 No Jmpr = HW Enbl.
(P22) HW Enbl Jumper HW Enbl No Enbl
Gate Enable Jumper Jumper on SHUNT No Jmpr Jumper on No Jmpr = Gate disable or Safe-
(P13) pins 15-16 Jumper pins 15-16 Off/Second Encoder board is
present(1)
Analog Input 1 Voltage S5-2 Voltage Current Change with Power Off
Analog Input 2 Voltage S5-1 Voltage Current Change with Power Off
Digital Inputs 4-6 24V DC S4-1, 115V AC 24V DC Change with Power Off
Voltage S4-2
Digital Input 1 Voltage 24V DC S3-1 24V DC 12V DC Change with Power Off
Digital Input 2 Voltage 24V DC S3-2 24V DC 12V DC Change with Power Off
Encoder Supply 12V DC S2-4 12V DC 5V DC Change with Power Off
Voltage
Encoder Signal A 12V DC S2-1 12V DC 5V DC Typically, set all switches the
Voltage same

Encoder Signal B 12V DC S2-2 12V DC 5V DC

Voltage
Encoder Signal Z 12V DC S2-3 12V DC 5V DC
Voltage

Function Switch Down Up Center Notes

DriveLogix Processor S1 RUN PROG REMOTE Processor Mode
(1) See publication 20D-UM007, DriveGuard® Safe Torque Off Option for PowerFlex 700S Phase II AC Drives and PowerFlex 700L
Liquid-Cooled AC Drives, for more information on the Safe Torque Off Option board, or publication, 20D-IN009 Installation
Instructions - Second Encoder Option Card for PowerFlex 700S Drives with Phase II Control, for more information on the Second
Encoder Option board.

68 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

 Selection Considerations Chapter 1

Figure 10 - PowerFlex 700S Main Control Board I/O Connector Locations

Control TB1 Terminals

Cassette

TB2 Terminals

Table 34 - PowerFlex 700S Main Control Board I/O Connections

Connector Description
TB1 Analog I/O and Encoder Signals
TB2 Digital I/O

See publication PFLEX-IN006 for I/O connector wiring and analog

configuration jumpers.

See Hardware Enable Circuits on page 74 for information on using Hardware

Enable.

The PowerFlex 700S could be equipped with several communication and

feedback options. Not all devices that are shown in Table 35 have equivalent
PowerFlex 755T devices. See Specification and Features Comparison on
page 35, Drive Configuration on page 89, and Communication Configuration
on page 113 for more information about compatible PowerFlex 755T devices.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018 69

Chapter 1 Selection Considerations

Table 35 - PowerFlex 700S Drive Options Assignment

Port Device Description
DPI 5 20-COMM-E(1), 20-COMM-ER(1) EtherNet/IP
1788-ENBT(2), 20D-DL2-ENET0(3)
20-COMM-C ControlNet
1788-CNC/CNCR(2)
20-COMM-Q ControlNet Fiber
1788-CNF/CNFR(2)
20-COMM-D DeviceNet
1788-DNB0(2)
20-COMM-H HVAC
20-COMM-K CANopen
20-COMM-M Modbus/TCP
20-COMM-P PROFIBUS DP
20-COMM-R(4) Remote I/O
20-COMM-S RS-485 DF1
0 20D-P2-SLB0 SynchLink
20D-DL2-LEB0(5) Logix Expansion DriveLogix™ 5730
20D-MDI-C2(5)(6) Multi-Device Interface
20D-P2-DG01(5)(6) DriveGuard Safe Torque Off with 2nd Encoder
20D-P2-ENC0(5)(6) 2nd Encoder
20D-RES-A1(5)(6) Resolver
20D-STEG-B1(5)(6) Stegmann High Resolution Hiperface Encoder
Catalog code L (-T)(5)(6)(7) Stegmann High Res Enc with 2nd Encoder
Catalog code L (-U)(5)(6)(7) Stegmann High Res Enc with DriveGuard Safe Torque Off
— 20-24V-AUX1 Auxiliary Control Power Supply
(1) Frame 9 requires Expanded Cassette, frames 10…14 have standard Expanded Cassette.
(2) Requires DriveLogix option.
(3) Requires DriveLogix 5730 option.
(4) This item has End of Life status.
(5) Requires Expanded Cassette.
(6) Only one optional feedback module can be installed.
(7) Factory-installed option only.

IMPORTANT If the existing PowerFlex 700S system uses any of the available analog I/O,
encoder input, safety modules, or Logix digital I/O you will need to supply
and configure appropriate PowerFlex 750 I/O option modules for the
replacement PowerFlex 755T product. See Chapter 2 for more details.

70 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

 Selection Considerations Chapter 1

PowerFlex 755T Product Device Ports and Main Control Board

Connectors, embedded devices, and installed option modules such as I/O and
communication adapters have unique port number assignments. Connectors
and embedded devices have fixed port numbers that cannot be changed.
Option modules are assigned a port number when installed.
Table 36 - PowerFlex 755T Device Port Assignment
Port Device Description
00 Host main control board Fixed port for the main control board and embedded dual port
EtherNet.
01 20-HIM-A6 Fixed port at HIM cradle connector.
20-HIM-C6S Splitter cable connector provides Port 01 when HIM cradle connect
is not used.
02 DPI port 8-pin round mini-DIN connector for handheld/remote HIM, 1203-
USB, or splitter cable connections.
03 Splitter cable Connects to DPI port 02.
Provides port 02 and port 03.
04…08 I/O option modules Valid port(s)
20-750-1132C-2R (24V DC) 04…08
20-750-1133C-1R2T (24V DC)
20-750-1132D-2R (120V AC)
20-750-2262C-2R (24V DC)
20-750-2263C-1R2T (24V DC)
20-750-2262D-2R (120V AC)
20-750-ATEX(1) 04…06 (bottom row only)
Communication option modules
20-750-DNET 04…06 (bottom row only)
20-750-CNETC
20-750-ENETR
20-750-PNET
20-750-PNET2P
Safety option modules
20-750-S(2) 04…08
20-750-S1(2) 04…06 (bottom row only)
20-750-S3(2) 04…06 (bottom row only)
Feedback option modules
20-750-ENC-1 04…08
20-750-DENC-1 04…08
04…06 (bottom row only), when used with 20-750-S1
20-750-UFB-1 04…06 (bottom row only)
AMCI RD750 04…05
09 Application parameters Built-in applications; TorqProve™, PID, and so on.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018 71

Chapter 1 Selection Considerations

Table 36 - PowerFlex 755T Device Port Assignment (Continued)

10 Motor side inverter primary Fixed ports for Motor Side Inverter Control Parameters
control parameters
11 Motor side inverter secondary
control parameters
12 Motor Side Inverter Power Fixed port for Motor Side Inverter Power Parameters
Parameters
13 Line side converter control Fixed port for the Line Side Converter Control parameters
parameters
14 Line side converter power Fixed port for the Line Side Converter Power parameters
parameters
(1) Requires compatible 20-750-113x I/O module. See the PowerFlex 750-Series ATEX Option Module user manual,
publication 750-UM003.
(2) Only one safety option module can be installed.

72 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

 Selection Considerations Chapter 1

Figure 11 - PowerFlex 755T Main Control Board I/O and Jumper Locations
2
1

5
6

Table 37 - Main Control Board Details

Item Name Description
1 HIM Connector DPI Port 01 (HIM Cradle) connection.
2 Fan Connector Power supply for internal cooling fan.
3 Control Selector Rotary switch for setting the programming mode.
4 Embedded EtherNet/IP(1) Address Rotary switches for setting lowest octet of EtherNet/IP address
Selectors (forces address to 192.168.1.xxx). See publication 750-PM100 for
instructions on setting the IP address.
5 SAFETY Jumper Safety enable jumper. Removed when safety option is installed.
Safety option modules do not function with line side converter, so
this jumper must be installed if this is a line side converter
hardware configuration.
6 ENABLE Jumper Hardware enable jumper. TB1 becomes an Enable when this
jumper is removed. See Hardware Enable Circuits on page 74 for
more information.
7 Built-in EtherNet/IP(1) Connectors Network cable connections.
8 TB1 I/O terminal block.
9 DPI Port 2 DPI Port 02, cable connection to 8-pin round mini-DIN chassis-
mounted connector. Mini-DIN connector that is used for handheld/
remote HIM option and 1203-USB connections.
(1) See the PowerFlex 750-Series Drives with TotalFORCE Control Built-in EtherNet/IP Adapter User Manual, publication 750COM-
UM009 for detailed configuration information.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018 73

Chapter 1 Selection Considerations

Hardware Enable Circuits The PowerFlex 700S drive digital input Di 6 can be programmed for any
available digital input functions, including hardware enable. The PowerFlex
700S drive has a hardware enable jumper (P22) on the main control board. See
Figure 9 to identify jumper (P22). By default, hardware enable is not used,
jumper (P22) is closed (connected to pins 1…3), and Di 6 can be configured
for other uses. If hardware enable is used, jumper (P22) is open (connected to
pins 2…4), requiring a hardware enable contact wired to Di 6. Parameter P830
[Dig In6 Sel] is not available when HW Enable is enabled (jumper (P22) is
open, on pins 2-4).
Table 38 - P22 Switch and Jumper Settings
Function Default Switch Open Closed Notes
HW Enable Jumper (P22) Pins 2…4 SHUNT pins 2…4 pins 1…3 No Jmpr = HW Enbl
HW Enbl Jumper HW Enbl No Enbl

The PowerFlex 755T Main Control Board Port 0, Digital input Di 0 can be
configured for any available digital input functions, including DI ENABLE.
See Figure 11 to identify the ENABLE jumper ( J7). By default hardware
enable is not used and jumper (ENABLE) is installed. If hardware enable is
used, ENABLE jumper ( J7) is removed.
• If the Main Control Board Port 0, Di 0 will be used for the hardware
enable input, verify that parameter 0:103 [DI M Enable] is set =
0:100.00 [Digital In Sts].
• If it is desired to use the same Port 0, Di 0 input for the line side
converter enable, 0:105 [DI L Enable] is set = 0:100.00 [Digital In Sts].
This setting is not applicable to PowerFlex 755TM common bus
inverters.

TIP If desired, a digital input on an installed I/O option module can be assigned
to the hardware ENABLE input by setting 0:103 [DI M Enable] and/or 0:105
[DI L Enable] = to the Port and digital input status parameter and bit on the
I/O option module that will be used as the hardware ENABLE.

Customer Power Terminal This section compares customer power terminals of the PowerFlex 700S
frames 9…14 drives and PowerFlex 755TL/TR drives and PowerFlex 755TM
Comparison common bus inverters frames 8…12.

74 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

 Selection Considerations Chapter 1

PowerFlex 700S Customer Power Terminal Locations and

Specifications
Figure 12 - Terminal Locations and Power Terminal Block

L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3 U/T1 V/T2 W/T3 U/T1 V/T2 W/T3

D
C
–
D
C+
AC Line Input Power To Motor Leads

/R
+
R–
1 2
3
DC-, DC+/R+, R- terminals
shown with protective cover
removed.
D
C
–
D
C+
/R
+
R–

Table 39 - PowerFlex 700S Frame 9 Power Terminal Specifications

No. Name Description Wire Size Range (3) Torque
Maximum Minimum Recommended
1 Input Power Terminal Block (1) Input power 185.0 mm2 (350 MCM) 95.0 mm2 (4/0 AWG) 40 N•m (354 lb•in)
L1, L2, L3
2 Output Power Terminal Block (2) Motor connections 185.0 mm2 (350 MCM) 95.0 mm2 (4/0 AWG) 40 N•m (354 lb•in)
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3
3 SHLD Terminal, PE, Motor Ground Terminating point for wiring shields 95.0 mm2 (4/0 AWG) 5.0 mm2 (10 AWG) 22 N•m (195 lb•in)
4 DC Bus (2) (2 Terminals; DC–, DC+) DC input or external brake resistor 185.0 mm2 (350 MCM) 95.0 mm2 (4/0 AWG) 40 N•m (354 lb•in)
DC Bus w/Brake (3) (3 Terminals; DC–, DC+/ DC input/internal brake 185.0 mm2 (350 MCM) 95.0 mm2 (4/0 AWG) 40 N•m (354 lb•in)
R+, R–)
5 Cable Clamp for Shield
(1) Do not exceed maximum wire size. Parallel connections may be required.
(2) DC terminal and brake lugs can be removed.
(3) Maximum/minimum sizes that the terminal block will accept - these are not recommendations.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018 75

Chapter 1 Selection Considerations

Figure 13 - PowerFlex 700S Frame 10 Power Terminal Locations

DC-
DC+
4

V/T2
Cat No.
FIELD INSTALLED OPTIONS:

1234567890-*
1234567890-*
DANGER
DC BUS CONDUCTORS AND CAPACITORS
OPERATE AT HIGH VOLTAGE. REMOVE POWER
AND WAIT 5 MINUTES BEFORE SERVICING

U/T1 W/T3
2

L1
L2
L3
1 5

Table 40 - PowerFlex 700S Frame 10 Power Terminal Specifications

No. Name Description Wire Size Range (1)(2) Torque Terminal Bolt Size (3)(4)
Maximum Minimum Recommended
1 Input Power Terminal Block(3) Input power 300 mm2 2.1 mm2 40 N•m M12
L1, L2, L3 (600 MCM) (14 AWG) (354 lb•in)
2 Output Power Terminal Block(3) Motor connections 300 mm2 2.1 mm2 40 N•m M12
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 (600 MCM) (14 AWG) (354 lb•in)
3 SHLD Terminal, PE, Motor Ground(3) Terminating point for wiring shields 300 mm2 2.1 mm2 40 N•m M10
(600 MCM) (14 AWG) (354 lb•in)
4 DC Bus(3) DC input or external brake 300 mm2 2.1 mm2 40 N•m M12
(2 Terminals; DC–, DC+) (600 MCM) (14 AWG) (354 lb•in)
5 Cable Clamp for Shield
(1) Maximum/minimum sizes that the terminal block will accept - these are not recommendations.
(2) Do Not exceed maximum wire size. Parallel connections may be required.
(3) These connections are Busbar type terminations and require the use of lug type connectors.
(4) Apply counter torque to the nut on the other side of terminations when tightening or loosening the terminal bolt to avoid damage to the terminal.

76 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

 Selection Considerations Chapter 1

Figure 14 - PowerFlex 700S Frame 11 Power Terminal Locations

4

DC+
DC-

U/T1 V/T2 W/T3

1L1 1L3 2L1 2L3

1L2 2L2

1 5

Note: 600V AC input, 460 A, and 502 A frame 11 drives only

have one set of Input Power Terminals.

Table 41 - PowerFlex 700S Frame 11 Power Terminal Specifications

No. Name Description Wire Size Range (1)(2) Torque Terminal Bolt Size(3)(4)
Maximum Minimum Recommended
1 Input Power Terminal Block(3) AC Input power 300 mm2 2.1 mm2 40 N•m M12
1L1, 1L2, 1L3, 2L1, 2L2, 2L3 (600 MCM) (14 AWG) (354 lb•in)
2 Output Power Terminal Block (3) Motor connections 300 mm2 2.1 mm2 40 N•m M12
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 (600 MCM) (14 AWG) (354 lb•in)
3 SHLD Terminal, PE, Motor Ground (3) Terminating point for wiring shields 300 mm2 2.1 mm2 40 N•m M10
(600 MCM) (14 AWG) (354 lb•in)
4 DC Bus (3) DC input or external brake 300 mm2 2.1 mm2 40 N•m M12
(2 Terminals; DC–, DC+) (600 MCM) (14 AWG) (354 lb•in)
5 Cable Clamp for Shield
(1) Maximum/minimum sizes that the terminal block will accept - these are not recommendations.
(2) Do Not exceed maximum wire size. Parallel connections may be required.
(3) These connections are Busbar type terminations and require the use of lug type connectors.
(4) Apply counter torque to the nut on the other side of terminations when tightening or loosening the terminal bolt to avoid damage to the terminal.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018 77

Chapter 1 Selection Considerations

Figure 15 - PowerFlex 700S Frame 12 Power Terminal Locations

4 DC- DC+ DC-4DC+

1V/T2 2V/T2
Cat No.
FIELD INSTALLED OPTIONS:

1234567890-*
DANGER DANGER
DC BUS CONDUCTORS AND CAPACITORS
DC BUS CONDUCTORS AND CAPACITORS OPERATE AT HIGH VOLTAGE. REMOVE POWER
OPERATE AT HIGH VOLTAGE. REMOVE POWER AND WAIT 5 MINUTES BEFORE SERVICING
AND WAIT 5 MINUTES BEFORE SERVICING

1U/T1 1W/T3 2U/T1 2W/T3

2 2

1L1 2L1
1L2 2L2
1 5 1
1L3 2L35

Enclosure Style A Shown

3

Table 42 - PowerFlex 700S Frame 12 Power Terminal Specifications

No. Name Description Wire Size Range (1)(2) Torque Terminal Bolt Size (3)(4)
Maximum Minimum Recommended
1 Input Power Terminal Block(3) Input power 300 mm2 2.1 mm2 40 N•m M12
1L1, 1L2, 1L3, 2L1, 2L2, 2L3 (600 MCM) (14 AWG) (354 lb•in)
2 Output Power Terminal Block(3) Motor connections 300 mm2 2.1 mm2 40 N•m M12
1U/1T1, 1V/1T2, 1W/1T3, (600 MCM) (14 AWG) (354 lb•in)
2U/2T1, 2V/2T2, 2W/2T3
3 SHLD Terminal, PE, Motor Ground(3) Terminating point for wiring shields 300 mm2 2.1 mm2 40 N•m M10
(600 MCM) (14 AWG) (354 lb•in)
4 DC Bus(3) DC input or external brake 300 mm2 2.1 mm2 40 N•m M12
(2 Terminals; DC–, DC+) (600 MCM) (14 AWG) (354 lb•in)
5 Cable Clamp for Shield
(1) Maximum/minimum sizes that the terminal block will accept - these are not recommendations.
(2) Do Not exceed maximum wire size. Parallel connections may be required.
(3) These connections are Busbar type terminations and require the use of lug type connectors.
(4) Apply counter torque to the nut on the other side of terminations when tightening or loosening the terminal bolt to avoid damage to the terminal.

78 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

 Selection Considerations Chapter 1

Figure 16 - PowerFlex 700S Frame 13 Power Terminal Locations

DC- DC- DC-

DC+ DC+ DC+

U/T1 V/T2 W/T3

U/T1 V/T2 W/T3

1
Output Power 2
Terminals
L1

L2

L3

Note: Right enclosure shown only.

Table 43 - PowerFlex 700S Frame 13 Power Terminal Specifications

No. Name Description Wire Size Range (1)(2) Torque Terminal Bolt Size (3)(4)
Maximum Minimum Recommended
1 Input Power Terminal Block (1) Input power 300 mm2 2.1 mm2 40 N•m M12
L1, L2, L3 (600 MCM) (14 AWG) (354 lb•in)
2 Output Power Terminal Block (3) Motor connections 300 mm2 2.1 mm2 40 N•m M12
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 (600 MCM) (14 AWG) (354 lb•in)
3 SHLD Terminal, PE, Motor Ground (3) Terminating point for wiring shields 300 mm2 2.1 mm2 40 N•m M10
(600 MCM) (14 AWG) (354 lb•in)
4 DC Bus (3) DC input or external brake 300 mm2 2.1 mm2 40 N•m M12
(3 Terminals; DC–, DC+) (600 MCM) (14 AWG) (354 lb•in)
(1) Maximum/minimum sizes that the terminal block will accept - these are not recommendations.
(2) Do Not exceed maximum wire size. Parallel connections may be required.
(3) These connections are busbar type terminations and require the use of lug type connectors.
(4) Apply counter torque to the nut on the other side of terminations when tightening or loosening the terminal bolt in order to avoid damage to the terminal.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018 79

Chapter 1 Selection Considerations

Figure 17 - PowerFlex 700S Frame 14 Power Terminal Locations

DC Bus Terminals
DC–
4 (Front Terminals)

2 Output Power Terminals

Center Enclosure Shown without du/dt Filters
DC+
(Back Terminals)

Input Power
1
Terminals U/T1 V/T2 W/T3

L1

L2
Side View
L3

3 Ground Terminals

U/T1 V/T2 W/T3

2 Output Power Terminals

with du/dt Filters

Table 44 - PowerFlex 700S Frame 14 Power Terminal Specifications

No. Name Description Wire Size Range (1)(2) Torque Terminal Bolt Size (3)(4)
Maximum Minimum Recommended
1 Input Power Terminal Block (1) Input power 300 mm2 2.1 mm2 40 N•m M12
L1, L2, L3 (600 MCM) (14 AWG) (354 lb•in)
2 Output Power Terminal Block (3) Motor connections 300 mm2 2.1 mm2 40 N•m M12
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 (600 MCM) (14 AWG) (354 lb•in)
3 SHLD Terminal, PE, Motor Ground (3) Terminating point for wiring shields 300 mm2 2.1 mm2 40 N•m M10
(600 MCM) (14 AWG) (354 lb•in)
4 DC Bus (3) DC input or external brake 300 mm2 2.1 mm2 40 N•m M12
(3 Terminals; DC–, DC+) (600 MCM) (14 AWG) (354 lb•in)
(1) Maximum/minimum sizes that the terminal block will accept - these are not recommendations.
(2) Do Not exceed maximum wire size. Parallel connections may be required.
(3) These connections are Busbar type terminations and require the use of lug type connectors.
(4) Apply counter torque to the nut on the other side of terminations when tightening or loosening the terminal bolt in order to avoid damage to the terminal.

80 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

 Selection Considerations Chapter 1

PowerFlex 755T Customer Power Terminal Locations and

Specifications

Customer Power Connections

AC line input power and output motor connections are made by using
customer-supplied barrel lugs that are either crimp or mechanical type. Barrel
lugs that are used to make the power cable connections to busbars must have
the dimensions in the following graphic.

Figure 18 - UL-listed Barrel Lug Dimensions

Ø 12.7 mm
(0.5 in.)
44.5 mm
(1.75 in.)

Use the vendor-recommended tooling to fasten crimp type terminals to

cabling. Torque mechanical type terminals according to vendor instructions.

L-Bracket Connections

Power cable connections in entry and exit wire bay are made using L-brackets.
The M10 hardware that is required to fasten the L-brackets to the extruded
busbar is provided. Wires with appropriate barrel lugs can be bolted to both
sides of the L-brackets if necessary. Up to four conductors can be attached to
each L-bracket. Attach the conductors to the L-brackets using M12 or 0.5 in.
diameter bolts, nuts, and washers. Belleville spring washers, or equivalent, are
recommended. Keep the L-bracket connections at least 51 mm (2 in.) away
from the ends of the extruded busbar.

51 mm
(2 in.)
51 mm
(2 in.)

Cable Connections
Customer-supplied 38.0 N•m (336 lb•in)
M12 hardware.

M10: 15 mm
M12: 19 mm

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018 81

Chapter 1 Selection Considerations

Busbar Connections

AC line input power and output motor cables with appropriate barrel lugs are
connected directly to busbars and use the fastening hardware provided. Keep
the wire connections at least 51 mm (2 in.) away from the ends of the extruded
busbar. Clamp kits, SK-RM-GRNDCLMP-nn, are available for making
connections to the PE ground bar.

Figure 19 - Busbar Connections

51 mm
(2 in.)
51 mm
(2 in.)

38.0 N•m (336 lb•in)

M10: 15 mm
M12: 19 mm

Frame 8 Cable Connections

Customer-supplied M12 hardware.

Ground Clamp

82 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

 Selection Considerations Chapter 1

Additional Power Terminal L-Brackets

PowerFlex 755T entry and exit wire bays come equipped with L-brackets. If an
application requires additional L-brackets, kit number 20-750-MLBRKT-
F8M is available. Each kit contains three L-brackets and mounting hardware.

Figure 20 - L-Bracket Approximate Dimensions

110.0 mm
(4.33 in.)
25.5 mm 46.0 mm
(1.04 in.) (1.81 in.)

85.1 mm
(3.35 in.)
44.5 mm
(1.75 in.)

17.8 mm Ø11.0 mm
(0.70 in.) (0.43 in.)

When using mechanical barrel lugs, which may be large, be sure to maintain
adequate spacing to adjacent wires, terminals, and other parts.

Figure 21 - Typical Barrel Lug Connection to L-Bracket Options

Left Side Right Side Both Sides - Up to four lugs.

IMPORTANT PowerFlex 755T products may require multiple conductors in parallel. Wire
size and number of conductors must be determined by the customer based
on drive rated current, local codes, operating conditions, and specific
application needs. When using multiple conductors per phase, symmetrical
spacing of the input and output power cabling over the span of the busbar
for each phase is required.
When using multiple conductors per phase, wires must be arranged so that
each conduit, bundle, or cable contains equal numbers of conductors from
all three phases.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018 83

Chapter 1 Selection Considerations

Figure 22 - PowerFlex 755TL/TR Frame 8…9 Drive Power Terminal Locations

2
3

5
5

PE

Frame 8 drive shown.

Item Name Description

1 AC Link Connects AC circuit breaker to LCL fuse assembly
2 Testpoints DC+, DC- and R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 voltage testpoint sockets
3 Control Bus 120/240V and 24V AC control power supply connections 5

4 Power Bus R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 AC line input power connections

5 Power Bus U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 motor connections
6 PE Grounding Terminating point to chassis ground for incoming AC line Frame 9
Bar and motor shield.
PE ground bar clamps, kit number SK-RM-GRNDCLMP-nn,
are available.
7 Nameplate Power module and LCL filter module nameplate locations

84 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

 Selection Considerations Chapter 1

Figure 23 - PowerFlex 755TL/TR Frame 10, PowerFlex 755TR Frame 11…12 Drive Power
Terminal Locations
1

4 6

PE PE PE PE
7
Frame 10 drive shown. Layout is typical for Frames 10 through 12.

3
5 1
8
2

Item Name Description Item Name Description

1 AC Bus AC power supply 5 Control Bus 120/240V and 24V AC control power supply connections
2 DC Bus DC+, DC- 6 Power Bus U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 motor connections
3 Testpoints DC+, DC- and R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 voltage testpoint sockets 7 PE Grounding Terminating point to chassis ground for incoming AC line
Bar and motor shield.
PE ground bar clamps, kit number SK-RM-GRNDCLMP-nn,
are available.
4 Power Bus R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 AC line input power connections 8 Nameplate Power module and LCL filter module nameplate locations

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018 85

Chapter 1 Selection Considerations

Figure 24 - PowerFlex 755TM Common Bus Inverter Frame 8…12 Drive Power Terminal
Locations

Frames 8…12 Common Bus Inverters Optional Entry and Exit Wire Bays

4 4

1 1

2 2
5
6

3 3

PE PE PE
4 4
Frame 8 Frame 10 (Layout is typical for Frames 9 through 12.) 400 mm (15.7 in.) 800 mm (31.5 in.)

Item Name Description Item Name Description

1 DC bus DC power supply 1 DC bus DC power supply
2 Control bus Control power supply 2 Control bus Control power supply
3 Power bus U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 motor connections 3 Power bus U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 motor connections
4 PE grounding Terminating point to chassis ground for incoming AC line 4 PE grounding Terminating point to chassis ground for incoming AC line
bar and motor shield. bar and motor shield.
PE ground bar clamps, kit number SK-RM-GRNDCLMP-nn, PE ground bar clamps, kit number SK-RM-GRNDCLMP-nn,
are available. are available.
5 Testpoints DC+, DC- and R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 voltage testpoint sockets
6 Nameplate Power module and LCL filter module nameplate locations

86 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

 Selection Considerations Chapter 1

Control Terminal Comparison Use this section to compare the control terminal blocks of the PowerFlex 700S
to the PowerFlex 755T products.

PowerFlex 700S Standard I/O

Digital and Analog I/O and a single Encoder input on the PowerFlex 700S are
provided as standard on the main control board.
Table 45 - PowerFlex 700S TB1 Control Terminals
Terminal Signal Factory Description Related
Default Parameter
1 Analog Input 1 Comm. (Volt) Bipolar, differential input, +/-10V, 0-20 mA, 13 bit + sign 800
1 20 k impedance at Volt; 500  impedance at mA(1)
2 2 Analog Input 1 (+/-)
3
4 3 Shield NA Analog Input shield
5
6 4 Analog Input 2 Comm. (Volt) Bipolar, differential input, +/-10V, 0-20 mA, 13 bit + sign 806
7 20 k impedance at Volt; 500  impedance at mA
8 5 Analog Input 2 (+/-)
9
10 6 Analog Input 3 [NTC-] Comm. (Volt) Differential input, 0-10V, 10 bit (for motor control mode FVC2, this is the 812
11 temperature adaptation input).
12 7 Analog Input 3 [NTC+]
8 Shield NA Analog Output shield
9 Analog Output 1 (-) (Volt) Bipolar, differential output, +/-10V, 0-20 mA, 11 bit + sign 832, 833
13
2 k minimum load
14 10 Analog Output 1 (+)
15
16 11 Analog Output 2 (-) (Volt) 839, 840
17
18 12 Analog Output 2 (+)
19
20 13 +10V Reference NA Rating: 20 mA maximum load (Recommend 5 k pot)
21
22 14 Reference Common NA
23
24 15 -10V Reference NA
16 Encoder A NA Normal current draw per channel: 20 mA 230…233
17 Encoder A (Not) NA
18 Encoder B NA
19 Encoder B (Not) NA
20 Encoder Z NA
21 Encoder Z (Not) NA
22 Encoder Reference (+) NA 12 or 5V DC power supply for primary encoder interface
Rating: 300 mA maximum
23 Encoder Reference (-) NA
24 Encoder Shield NA Connection point for encoder shield
(1) The analog inputs are not isolated. However, the analog inputs can be connected in series when using current mode. At 20 mA, the voltage source must be capable of providing 10V DC at the drive
terminals for one drive - - 20V DC is required for two drives and 30V DC is required for three drives.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018 87

Chapter 1 Selection Considerations

Table 46 - PowerFlex 700S TB2 Control Terminals

Terminal Signal Factory Description Related
Default Parameter
1 24V DC Common (-) NA Drive supplied 24V DC logic input power
1 Rating: 300 mA maximum load
2
2 24V DC Source (+) NA
3 3 Digital Output 1 24V DC Open Collector (sinking logic) 816, 847
4
Rating: Internal Source = 150 mA max.
5
External Source = 750 mA
6
7 4 Digital Output 1/2 Com NA Common for Digital Output 1 & 2
8
5 Digital Output 2 24V DC Open Collector (sinking logic) 851, 852
Rating: Internal Source = 150 mA max.
External Source = 750 mA
6 Relay Output 3 (NC) Relay contact output 856, 857
9 Rating: 115V AC or 24V DC = 2 A max.
10 7 Relay Output 3 Com NA Inductive/Resistive
11
8 Relay Output 3 (NO)
12
13 9 Digital Input 1-3 Com NA Common for Digital Inputs 1-3
14
15 10 Digital Input 1 High speed 12V or 24V DC(1), sinking 825
16 Load:15 mA at 24V DC
11 Digital Input 2 826
12 Digital Input 3 Load:15 mA at 24V DC sourcing 827
13 Digital Input 4-6 Com NA Common for Digital Inputs 4-6
14 Digital Input 4 Load: 10 mA at 24V DC sinking/sourcing 828
Load: 7.5 mA at 115V AC
15 Digital Input 5 Note: The 115V AC Digital Inputs can withstand 2 mA of leakage current without turning on. If an 829
16 Digital Input 6 HW output device has a leakage current greater than 2 mA, a burden resistor is required. A 68.1 K 830
Enable resistor with a 0.5 W rating should be used to keep the 115V AC output below 2 mA.

(1) Digital Inputs 1 and 2 are configured for 12V or 24V DC via DIP switches S3-1 and S3-2, respectively. 24V DC is the default setting.

PowerFlex 755T I/O Option Modules

The PowerFlex 755T product main control board has one digital input that is
typically used for hardware ENABLE. Optional 750-Series I/O modules must
be added if additional digital and analog I/O is required.

Refer to the PowerFlex 750-Series Products with TotalFORCE Control

installation instructions, publication 750-IN100, for detailed information
about option modules.

Chapter 2 Control Devices shows an example of using a 20-750-2263C-1R2T,

24V DC I/O module to emulate a typical hardware control function used with
a PowerFlex 700S drive.

88 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

 Chapter 2

Drive Configuration

Overview The PowerFlex® 700S drive could be equipped with various I/O, feedback, and
control options. Most of the available I/O and feedback options have
equivalent PowerFlex 755T devices as indicated in the following table.

IMPORTANT To achieve PowerFlex 755T motor control regulator performance equal to or

greater than the PowerFlex 700S, it is highly recommended that you select
the motor voltage feedback Torque Accuracy Module (TAM), control option
code (-C0).

Table 47 - Feedback and I/O Comparison

Device or Function PowerFlex 700S PowerFlex 755T
Digital and Analog I/O (s) (o) 20-750-2263C-1R2T(1)
6 x digital input
3 x digital output
2 x analog input
2 x analog output
Encoder (s) single channel incremental encoder (o) 20-750-ENC-1 or 20-750-DENC-1(2)
SynchLink™ (o) 20D-P2-SLB0 —
Logix Expansion DriveLogix™ 5730 (o) 20D-DL2-LEB0 —
DriveLogix Compact I/O™ (o) additional config option codes (-K or –L), (o) 20-750-11/22 series I/O
Compact I/O and cables
Multi-Device Interface (o) 20D-MDI-C2 (o) 20-750-UFB-1(3)
DriveGuard® Safe Torque Off with 2nd Encoder (o) 20D-P2-DG01 (o) 20-750-S or 20-750-S3 and 20-750-DENC-1(2)
2nd Encoder (o) 20D-P2-ENC0 (o) 20-750-ENC-1 or 20-750-DENC-1(2)
Resolver (o) 20D-RES-A1 (o) Third-party, AMCI RD750
Stegmann High Res Hiperface Encoder (o) 20D-STEG-B1 (o) 20-750-UFB-1(3)
Stegmann Enc w/ 2nd Encoder (o) Feedback option code (-T) (o) 20-750-UFB-1(3) plus 20-750-DENC-1(2)
Stegmann Enc w/ DriveGuard Safe Torque Off (o) Feedback option code (-U) (o) 20-750-UFB-1(3) plus 20-750-S/-S3
Auxiliary Control Power Supply (o) 20-24V-AUX1 (s)
Motor Voltage Feedback (s) (o) Torque Accuracy Module (TAM), specify control option code (-C0)
(1) Other PowerFlex 755T I/O options are available if matching analog and digital I/O not required.
(2) See Table 48 on page 90 to see if your existing incremental encoder can be used with the 20-750-ENC-1 and 20-750-DENC-1 modules.
(3) See Table 49 on page 90 to see if your existing encoder can be used with the 20-750-UFB module.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018 89

Chapter 2 Drive Configuration

Table 48 - PowerFlex 755 Incremental Encoder Compatibility

Consideration Description
Input Differential or Single Ended operation, Constant Current
Sink operation ~10 mA
5V DC minimum to 15V DC maximum sourcing 10 mA
minimum high state voltage of 3.5V DC
maximum low state voltage of 0.4V DC
Maximum Cable Length 30 m (100 ft) @ 5V, 183 m (600 ft) @ 12V
Maximum Input Frequency 250 Hz

Table 49 - PowerFlex 755 Universal Feedback Module Encoder Compatibility

Encoder on Channel 0

LinTempo ChY
LinTempo ChX

LinStahN ChX
EnDat FD ChY
EnDat FD ChX

LinStahl ChY
Hiperface SC

Incmtl A B Z
BiSS FD ChY
BiSS FD ChX

SinCos only

Lin SSI ChY

Lin SSI ChX
SSI FD ChY
SSI FD ChX

Incmtl SC
EnDat SC

BiSS SC

SSI SC
None

None C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C
EnDat SC C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C
Hiperface SC C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C
BiSS SC C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C
SSI SC C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C
EnDat FD ChX C C C C C N N N C N C C C C N C N C N C
EnDat FD ChY C C C C C N N C N C N C C C C N C N C N
BiSS FD ChX C C C C C N C N N N C C C C N C N C N C
Encoder on Channel 1

BiSS FD ChY C C C C C C N N N C N C C C C N C N C N
SSI FD ChX C C C C C N C N N N C C C C N C N C N C
SSI FD ChY C C C C C C N C C N N C C C C N C N C N
SinCos only C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C
Incmtl A B Z C C C C C C C C C C C C N C C C C C C C
Incmtl SC C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C
LinTempo ChX C C C C C N C N C N C C C C N C N C N C
LinTempo ChY C C C C C C N C N C N C C C C N C N C N
LinStahl ChX C C C C C N C N C N C C C C N C N C N C
LinStahl ChY C C C C C C N C N C N C C C C N C N C N
Lin SSI ChX C C C C C N C N C N C C C C N C N C N C
Lin SSI ChY C C C C C C N C N C N C C C C N C N C N

C Compatible
N Not compatible

90 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

 Drive Configuration Chapter 2

Table 50 - Supported Encoders

Consideration Heidenhain (EnDat) SSI Stegmann BiSS Stahl (Linear) Temposonics
(Hiperface) (Linear)
Encoder Voltage 5V @ 250 mA 10.5V @ 250 mA 10.5V @ 250 mA 10.5V @ 250 mA External Supplied 24V External Supplied 24V
Supply
High-Resolution Sine/Cosine 1V P-P Sine/Cosine 1V P-P Sine/Cosine 1V P-P Sine/Cosine 1V P-P — —
Signal
Maximum Cable 100 m(328 ft) 100 m (328 ft) 90 m (328 ft) 100 m (328 ft) 100 m (328 ft) 100 m (328 ft)
Length
Update Rate(1) 102.4 μs 102.4 μs 102.4 μs 102.4 μs 0.5/1.0/1.5/2.0 ms 0.5/1.0/1.5/2.0 ms
Maximum Input 163.8 kHz 163.8 kHz 163.8 kHz 163.8 kHz — —
Frequency
(1) The Universal Feedback Encoder Option Module will acquire the position with the update rates displayed.

See Specification and Features Comparison on page 35 and Communication

Configuration on page 113 for more information about compatible PowerFlex
755T communication protocols and devices.

See the PowerFlex 750-Series Products with TotalFORCE Control Installation

Instructions, publication 750-IN100, for details of I/O and feedback option
module terminal wiring and specifications

Configuration Software and There are several tools available for configuring PowerFlex 755T parameters.
You must use a compatible human interface module (HIM) or configuration
HIM Versions software package to migrate to the new PowerFlex 755T products.

The PowerFlex 755T product uses similar HIM and configuration software
packages as the PowerFlex 700S, but you must know the software version of
each drive to know if the available software packages are compatible with the
new PowerFlex 755T product.

Older configuration software tools do not support the PowerFlex 755T

product. You must use the latest available versions of software configuration
tools such as Studio 5000 Logix Designer application, RSLogix 5000®
software, or Connected Components Workbench™ (CCW) software for full
featured configuration capabilities.
• CCW can be used to configure PowerFlex 755T product parameters
directly via EtherNet/IP connection from your computer to the
PowerFlex 755T product Embedded or option module Ethernet
communication port.
• If your computer is connected to Logix controller EtherNet/IP
architecture that supports drive Add-On-Profiles (AOP), you can use
RSLogix™ or Studio 5000® to configure PowerFlex 755T parameters via
Embedded or option module Ethernet communication port.
• If you wish to make a direct connection from your computer USB port
to the PowerFlex 755T product DPI port, you will require an external
1203-USB communication protocol converter and appropriate
connection cables to configure PowerFlex 755T product parameters.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018 91

Chapter 2 Drive Configuration

Table 51 - PowerFlex 755T Configuration Tools

Configuration Tool PowerFlex 755T
DriveExplorer™ software Not supported
DriveTools™ SP/DriveExecutive software Not supported
(1)
Connected Components Workbench software V 10.000 and later
RSLogix 5000 V 20.001 and later
Drive AOP V 1.0 PowerFlex 755T and later
Studio 5000 V 21.003 and later
Drive AOP V 1.0 PowerFlex 755T and later
HIM(2) 20-HIM-A6/-C6S
(1) Separate installer update is required to use PowerFlex 755T with CCW V10.
(2) Assisted Startup using the HIM not available at initial release.

Parameter Comparison Use Table 52 through Table 58 to cross-reference commonly used and
modified PowerFlex 700S parameters with equivalent parameters in the
PowerFlex 755TL/TR drive and PowerFlex 755TM common bus inverter.

Parameter Scaling

The PowerFlex 700S uses per unit (pu) values for most internal parameter
values and some parameters that are accessed by the user. Most parameters are
presented to the user in scaled engineering units (rpm, amps, and so on).
However, others like P10 [Speed Ref 1] and P111 [Torque Ref 1] and
presented in PU.

The PowerFlex 755T product uses floating point engineering units for all
parameter values. Confirm that Logix tags that reference PowerFlex 700S PU
parameters are properly scaled for use with the PowerFlex 755T product.

PowerFlex 700S Parameter Assignment

The PowerFlex 700S uses linear parameter numbering and direct or ‘linkable’
parameter assignments for most user parameters, so the port number is not
specified or is internally referenced to fixed port locations, like the HIM (ports
1, 2) and DPI communication (port 5).

PowerFlex 755T Parameter Assignment

The PowerFlex 755T product uses indirect parameter numbers to create

parameter assignments or to select data sources and destinations. The
maximum value for indirect parameter assignments is 159999.15.

92 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

 Drive Configuration Chapter 2

The left most one or two digits are the port number, the right most four digits
are the parameter number and, if applicable, the two digits after the decimal
point are the bit number. This port, parameter, bit format is how internal
values of assignable parameter values are handled. Parameter selections or
assignments can be calculated using this formula:

Parameter Value =  10,000  Port Number + Parameter Number  .bit

For example, parameter 0:120 [DI M Run] will be assigned to an I/O option
module in port 4 using a run contact that is wired to digital input 1 (port 4,
parameter 1 [Dig In Sts], bit-1). In this example, parameter 0:120 [DI M Run]
would be set = (10000*4 + 1).01 = 40001.01.

IMPORTANT The parameters in Table 52 through Table 58 do not represent an exhaustive

list. Many applications may require modification of other parameters that
are not shown in the following table. Review all parameters to verify that
the new bus supply will operate satisfactorily as a migration solution.

IMPORTANT The parameter comparisons in Table 52 through Table 58 relate similar

parameter functions. However, data type, units, and scaling may be different
between the old and new parameters. This is especially true for DataLink
parameters that are produced/consumed by a Logix controller or PLC. Most
parameters within the PowerFlex 755T product, including DataLinks, are real
type. However, PowerFlex 700S parameters are integer type with scaling
factors applied.

TIP The PowerFlex 700S uses only RPM as velocity units, the PowerFlex 755T can
use either Hz or RPM depending on parameter 0:P46 [Velocity Units]. It is
HIGHLY recommended that PowerFlex 755T parameter 0:46 be set to
1=’RPM’ to match the velocity units that are used by the PowerFlex 700S.
Ensure that applicable parameter units scaling are considered when
designing the PowerFlex 755T migration solution.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018 93

Chapter 2 Drive Configuration

Table 52 - Line Side Converter Parameters

PowerFlex 700S PowerFlex 755T
Parameter Display Name Read Port:Parameter.Bit Display Name Read
/Write /Write
The PowerFlex 700S does not have an active front end converter, so there are no 13:2 AC Line Voltage RO
equivalent parameters
13:6 AC Line Current RO
13:18 DC Bus Current RO
13:25 Rated Volts RO
13:26 Rated Amps RO
13:30 Nom Line Freq RW
13:32 AC Line kVA A RW
13:34 AC Line Imped% A RW
0:63 LS Start Mode RW
(default for 755TL/TR is (0) ‘FLW MSideInv’)
0:64 LS Manual Ctrl RW
(If 0:63 = (2) ‘Conv Logic’, you can control
converter IGBT modulation logic, only
applies to 755TL/TR)
13:45 DC Bus Ref Sel RW
13:48 DC BusRef Preset RW
(only used if 13:45 is set to 1 ‘Manual’
13:54 Volt Reg C/U Sel RW
13:57 u Volt Reg Kp RW
(only used if 13:54 is set to 1 ‘User Entered’
13:59 u Volt Reg Ki RW
(only used if 13:54 is set to 1 ‘User Entered’
13:105 Motor Power Lmt RW
13:104 Regen Power Lmt RW
13:100 Current Limit RW
13:225 Line Side Sts 1 RO
14:1100 ACP0 Status RO
13:258 Alarm Status A RO
13:259 Alarm Status B RO
13:235 L Start Inhibits RO
13:240 Fault Status A RO
13:241 Fault Status B RO

94 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

 Drive Configuration Chapter 2

Table 53 - Motor Side Inverter Control Parameters

PowerFlex 700S PowerFlex 755T
Parameter, Bit Display Name Read Port:Parameter.Bit Display Name Read
/Write /Write
P1 Motor NP Volts RW 10:400 Motor NP Volts RW
P2 Motor NP FLA RW 10:401 Motor NP Amps RW
P3 Motor NP Hertz RW 10:402 Motor NP Hertz RW
P4 Motor NP RPM RW 10:403 Motor NP RPM RW
P5 Motor NP Power RW 10:406 Motor NP Power RW
P6 Mtr NP Pwr Units RW 10:405 Mtr NP Pwr Units RW
P7 Motor Poles RW 10:407 Motor Poles RW
P9 Total Inertia RW 10:900 Motor Inertia (only for Flux Vector control) RW
10:901 Load Ratio = Load Inertia / Motor Inertia RW
(Total Inertia = Motor Inertia * (1 + Load
Ratio)
P10 Speed Ref 1 RW 10:1801 VRef A Stpt RW
P14…20 Preset Speed 1…7 RW 10:1814…1820 Preset Speed 1…7 RW
P27 Speed Ref A Sel RW 10:1800 VRef A Sel RW
P29 Jog Speed 1 RW 10:1894 Jog Speed 1 RW
P30 Min Spd Ref Lim RW 10:1900 Vel Low Lim Pos RW
10:1901 Vel Low Lim Neg
P31 Max Spd Ref Lim RW 10:1898 Vel Limit Pos RW
10:1899 Vel Limit Neg
P32 Accel Time 1 RW 10:1915 VRef Accel Time1 RW
P33 Decel Time 1 RW 10:1917 VRef Decel Time1 RW
P34 S Curve Time RW 10:1919 VRef Accel Jerk RW
10:1920 VRef Decel Jerk
P40 Selected Spd Ref RO 10:1892 VRef Selected RO
P72 Scaled Spd Fdbk (filtered for RO 10:1044 Motor Vel Fb RO
display) (filtered for display)
P81 Spd Reg P Gain RW 10:1956 u VReg Kp RW
P82 Spd Ref I Gain RW 10:1958 u VReg Ki RW
P86 Spd Reg Droop RW 10:1961 Droop RPM at FLA RW
P90 Spd Reg BW RW 10:906 System BW RW
P91 Spd Reg Damping RW 10:907 System Damping RW
P110 Speed/Torque Mode RW 10:30 PsnVelTrq Mode A RW
P111 Torque Ref 1 RW 10:2000 Trq Ref A Sel RW
10:2001 Trq Ref A Stpt RW
P118 Notch Filt Freq RW 10:2159 Trq NF 1 Freq RW
P125 Torque Pos Limit RW 10:2083 Torque Limit Pos RW
P126 Torque Neg Limit RW 10:2084 Torque Limit Neg RW
P153, B0 Control Options RW 10:930 Direction Mode RW

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018 95

Chapter 2 Drive Configuration

Table 53 - Motor Side Inverter Control Parameters (Continued)

PowerFlex 700S PowerFlex 755T
Parameter, Bit Display Name Read Port:Parameter.Bit Display Name Read
/Write /Write
P155 Logic Status RO 10:354 Motor Side Sts 1 (motor side) RO
10:355 Motor Side Sts 2 (motor side)
13:225 Line Side Sts 1 (Line side)
P156 Start Inhibits RO 10:351 M Start Inhibits RO
P168 Normal Stop Mode RW 10:110 Mtr Stop Mode A RW
P196 Param Access Level RW 0:30 Access Level RW
P222 Mtr Fdbk Sel Pri RW 10:1000 Pri Vel Fb Sel RW
P223 Mtr Fdbk Sel Alt RW 10:1006 Alt Vel Fb Sel RW

Table 54 - Encoder Feedback

PowerFlex 700S PowerFlex 755T (With 20-750-ENC-1 or 20-750-DENC-2 Encoder Module)
Parameter, Bit Display Name Read Port:Parameter.Bit(1) Display Name Read
/Write /Write
P232 Encoder0 PPR RW x:2 Encoder PPR (Enc 0 PPR) RW
P230 Encdr0 Position RO x:4 Encoder Feedback (Enc 0 FB) RO
P233 Encdr 0/1 Config RW x:1 Encoder Cfg (Enc 0 Cfg) RW
x:11 Enc 1 Cfg
P240 Encdr1 Position RO x:14 Enc 1 FB RW
P242 Encoder1 PPR RW x:12 Enc 1 PPR RW
P231 Encdr0 Spd Fdbk RO 10:1040 Pri Vel Feedback RO
P233 Encdr 0/1 Config RW 10:1001 Vel Fb Taps RW
B10, B11, B12 Encoder 0 FIR Filter
B26, B27, B28 Encoder 1 FIR Filter
P233, Encdr 0/1 Config RW 10:1002 cVel Fb LPF BW RW
B0,B1,B2,B3 Encoder 0 Input Filter 10:1003 uVel Fb LPF BW
B16,B17,B18,B19 Encoder 1 Input Filter
P241 Encdr1 Spd Fdbk RO 10:1041 Alt Vel Feedback RO
(1) 'x' in the Port:Parameter.Bit column is the physical port where the I/O module is installed.

Table 55 - Display, Status, Fault/Alarm, and Setup

PowerFlex 700S PowerFlex 755T
Parameter Display Name Read Port:Parameter.Bit Display Name Read
/Write /Write
P297 Output Curr Disp RO 10:3 Output Current RO
P300 Motor Spd Fdbk RO 10:1042 Vel Fb Active RO
P301 Motor Speed Ref RO 10:1933 VRef Final RO
P303 Motor Torque Ref RO 10:2087 Trq Ref Limited RO
P306 DC Bus Volt RO 0:3 DC Bus Volts RO
P307 Output Voltage RO 10:2 Output Voltage RO
P308 Output Current RO 10:3 Output Current RO

96 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

 Drive Configuration Chapter 2

Table 55 - Display, Status, Fault/Alarm, and Setup (Continued)

PowerFlex 700S PowerFlex 755T
Parameter Display Name Read Port:Parameter.Bit Display Name Read
/Write /Write
P310 Output Freq RO 10:1 Output Frequency RO
P323 Fault Status 1 RO 10:461 Fault Status A (motor side) RW
13:240 Fault Status A (line side) RO
P324 Fault Status 2 RO 10:462 Fault Status B (motor side) RW
13:241 Fault Status B (line side) RO
P325 Fault Status 3 RO
P326 Alarm Status 1 RO 10:465 Alarm Status A (motor side) RW
13:258 Alarm Status A (line side) RO
P327 Alarm Status 2 RO 10:466 Alarm Status B (motor side) RW
13:259 Alarm Status B (line side) RO
P328 Alarm Status 3 RO 10:467 Type 2 Alarms (line side) RW
13:260 Type 2 Alarms (motor side) RO
P403 Voltage Class RW 0:33 Voltage Class Cfg RW
— 0:35 Duty Rating Cfg RW
— Default units are RPM only 0:46 Velocity Units RW
P414 Brake/Bus Cnfg RW 10:116 Bus Reg Mode A RW
P485 Motor Ctrl Mode RW 0:65 Pri MtrCtrl Mode (applies to Port 10) RW
P670 Logic Mask RW 0:41 Logic Mask Cfg RW
P671 Start Mask RW 0:42 Auto Mask RW
P672 Jog Mask RW 0:43 Manual Cmd Mask RW
P673 Direction Mask RW —
P674 Fault Clr Mask RW —
P677 Stop Owner RO 0:260 Stop Owner RO
P678 Start Owner RO 0:261 Start Owner RO
P679 Jog Owner RO 0:262 Jog Owner RO
P680 Direction Owner RO 0:263 Dir Owner RO
P681 Fault Clr Owner RO 0:264 Clear Flt Owner RO

Table 56 - Analog I/O

PowerFlex 700S PowerFlex 755T (With 2263C-1R2T I/O Module)
Parameter Display Name Read Port:Parameter.Bit(1) Display Name Read
/Write /Write
P821 Analog I/O Units RW x:45 Anlg In Type RO
(See also, Main Control Board, HW (See also, module jumpers)
switch S5)
x:70 Anlg Out Type RW
P800 Anlg In1 Data RO x:50 Anlg In0 Value RO
P801 Anlg In1 Value RO x:54 Anlg In0 Raw Val RO

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018 97

Chapter 2 Drive Configuration

Table 56 - Analog I/O (Continued)

PowerFlex 700S PowerFlex 755T (With 2263C-1R2T I/O Module)
Parameter Display Name Read Port:Parameter.Bit(1) Display Name Read
/Write /Write
P802 Anlg In1 Scale RW x:51 Anlg In0 Hi RW
x:52 Anlg In0 Lo RW
Examples, analog scaling is applied to
reference source;
10:1802/1809 VRefA/B AnlgHi
10:1803/1810 VRefA/B AnlgLo
10:1804/1811 VRefA/B Mult
10:2002/2009 Trq RefA/B AnlgHi
10:2003/2010 Trq RefA/B AnlgLo
10:2004/2011 Trq RefA/B Mult

P803 Anlg In1 Offset RW —

P1093 Anlg In1 Loss Cnfg RW x:53 Anlg In0 LssActn RW
P806 Anlg In2 Data RO x:60 Anlg In1 Value RO
P807 Anlg In2 Value RO x:64 Anlg In1 Raw Val RO
P808 Anlg In2 Scale RW x:61 Anlg In1 Hi RW
x:62 Anlg In1 Lo RW
Examples, analog scaling is applied to
reference source;
10:1802/1809 VRefA/B AnlgHi
10:1803/1810 VRefA/B AnlgLo
10:1804/1811 VRefA/B Mult
10:2002/2009 Trq RefA/B AnlgHi
10:2003/2010 Trq RefA/B AnlgLo
10:2004/2011 Trq RefA/B Mult

P809 Anlg In2 Offset RW —

P1094 Anlg In2 Loss Cnfg RW x:63 Anlg In1 LssActn RW
P812 Anlg In3 Data RO y:50 Anlg In0 Value RO
P813 Anlg In3 Value RO y:54 Anlg In0 Raw Val RO
P814 Anlg In3 Scale RW y:51 Anlg In0Hi RW
y:52 Anlg In0Lo RW
Examples, analog scaling is applied to
reference source;
10:1802/1809 VRefA/B AnlgHi
10:1803/1810 VRefA/B AnlgLo
10:1804/1811 VRefA/B Mult
10:2002/2009 Trq RefA/B AnlgHi
10:2003/2010 Trq RefA/B AnlgLo
10:2004/2011 Trq RefA/B Mult

P815 Anlg In3 Offset RW —

P1095 Anlg In3 Loss Cnfg RW y:53 Anlg In0 LssActn RW
P831 Anlg Out1 Sel RW x:75 Anlg Out0 Sel RW
P838 Analog Out 2 Sel x:85 Anlg Out1 Sel RW
P835 Anlg Out1 Scale x:78 Anlg Out0 DataHi RW
x:79 Anlg Out0 DataLo
x:80 Anlg Out0 Hi
x:81 Anlg Out0 Lo

98 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

 Drive Configuration Chapter 2

Table 56 - Analog I/O (Continued)

PowerFlex 700S PowerFlex 755T (With 2263C-1R2T I/O Module)
Parameter Display Name Read Port:Parameter.Bit(1) Display Name Read
/Write /Write
P842 Anlg Out2 Scale x:88 Anlg Out1 DataHi RW
x:89 Anlg Out1 DataLo
x:90 Anlg Out1 Hi
x:91 Anlg Out1 Lo
P837 Anlg Out1 Value RO x:82 Anlg Out0 Val RO
P844 Anlg Out2 Value RO x:92 Anlg Out1 Val RO
(1) x = physical port location of I/O module
y = physical port location of I/O module

Table 57 - Digital I/O

PowerFlex 700S PowerFlex 755T (With 2263C-1R2T I/O Module)
Parameter Display Name Read Port:Parameter.Bit(1) Display Name Read
/Write /Write
P825…P830 Digital Inx Sel RW 0:103…191 Digital Input parameter assignment RW
P845, P846 Digital Out1 Sel, Dig Out1 Data RW x:20 TO0 Sel RW
P850, P851 Digital Out2 Sel, Dig Out2 Data RW x:30 TO1 Sel RW
P855, P856 Rly Out3 Sel, Rly Out3 Data RW x:10 RO0 Sel RW
(1) x = physical port location of I/O module

Table 58 - Communication
PowerFlex 700S 20-COMM-E EtherNet PowerFlex 755T Embedded EtherNet
Port 5, P4…P7 IP Addr Cfg 1, 2, 3, 4 RW 0:302…305 IP Addr Cfg 1, 2, 3, 4 RW
Port 5, P8…P11 Subnet Cfg 1, 2, 3, 4 RW 0:306…309 Subnet Cfg 1, 2, 3, 4 RW
P650 DPI In DataType RW —
P651…P658 DPI Data In RO 0:321…336 DL From Net 01…16 (Embedded EtherNet) RW
P659 DPI Out DataType RW —
P660…P667 DPI Data Out RW 0:340…355 DL To Net 01…16 (Embedded EtherNet) RW

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018 99

Chapter 2 Drive Configuration

Standalone Drive The PowerFlex 700S drive is typically used as part of a high-performance drive
system that is controlled by a PLC or automation controller with the
Configuration PowerFlex 700S drives connected on a communication network. To obtain the
highest performance, the PowerFlex 700S was configured for flux vector motor
control with motor encoder feedback.

Chapter 3 covers communication configurations in more detail.

This section covers a basic standalone application where the drive is controlled
by digital I/O and analog speed reference with encoder feedback.

The PowerFlex 700S has standard digital and analog I/O and encoder inputs
on the main control board as shown on page 66. Applications that use the
PowerFlex 700S DriveLogix expansion and associated optional I/O are not
covered in this migration guide.

Review your current PowerFlex 700S drive digital and analog I/O
configurations, and determine the required PowerFlex 755T I/O option
modules and associated parameters you will need to configure to build a
functional PowerFlex 755T product migration solution. See these
programming manuals to help you understand and identify the different drive
configuration and programming options:
• PowerFlex Drive with TotalFORCE Control Programming Manual,
publication 750-PM100
• PowerFlex 700S AC Drive with Phase II Control Programming Manual,
publication 20D-PM001

Example, Three-wire Control with Analog Speed Reference and

Encoder Feedback

This section provides a common example of the PowerFlex 700S drive using a
potentiometer analog speed reference along with hard-wired start/stop/
direction control, and the equivalent PowerFlex 755T product configuration.

The 3-wire control method is start/stop/direction. The digital control inputs

use the internal 24V DC supply of the drive, and the analog speed reference
uses a 10,000 Ohm potentiometer that is wired to the internal 10V DC power
supply of the drive. The encoder device uses the internal 12V DC supply of the
drive.

For this example, the PowerFlex 750-Series single encoder option is shown in
slot/port 5 and the I/O option module is shown in slot/port 4. These option
modules can be installed in any valid slot/port.

100 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

 Drive Configuration Chapter 2

Figure 25 - Typical I/O and Encoder Wiring

PowerFlex 700S Control Cassette PowerFlex 755T with 24C DC I/O (Port 4)

PF700S PF755T
TB2 Port 4
1
24V Com I/O MODULE
20-750-2263C-1R2T
2
24V +
TB1
3
24VC
Do1
Ready 4
+24V
Do 1-2 Com
Active 5
DIC
Do2
6 STOP DI0
Ro 3 NC
7 START
DI1
Ro 3 Com
Not
8
Faulted DI2
Ro3 NO FWD REV
9
DI3
Di 1-3 Com
STOP X
10
DI4
Di 1
START
11
DI5
Di 2
12
FWD REV Di 3
I/O MODULE
13
20-750-2263C-1R2T
X Di 4-6 Com
14 TB1
Di 4
-10V AI0
15
Di 5 CURRENT
+10V
16 X VOLTAGE
Di 6
10VC AO0-

AI0+ AO0+
SPEED
AI0- AI1
CURRENT
AI1-
X VOLTAGE

AI1+ AO1+

PTC+ AO1-

PTC- SH

SH

I/O Module
20-750-2263C-1R2T

TB2
R0NO

Not
R0C
Faulted
R0NC

T0

TC Ready

T1 Active

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018 101

Chapter 2 Drive Configuration

Figure 26 - Typical I/O and Encoder Wiring

PowerFlex 700S Control Cassette PowerFlex 755T with Single Encoder (Port 5)

PF700S PF755T
TB1 Port 5
1 Single
Ai1Com Encoder
2 20-750-ENC-1
SPEED Ai1 In
TB1
3
5
Shld
4
12V 12
Ai2 Com
5
COM COM
Ai2 In
6 1024PPR
A A
Ai3 - Com
7
E A- A-
Ai3 +
8
B B
Shld
9

ENCODER
From Motor B- B-
Ao 1 -
10
Z Z
Ao1 +
11
Z- Z-
Ao2 -
12
SD
Ao2 +
13
+24
+10v Ref
12V 14
24C
Ref Com

HOMING
COM 15
HMC
-10v Ref
1024PPR
A 16
A HM

E A- 17
A-

B 18
B

From Motor B- 19
B-

Z 20
Z
Z- 21
Z-
22
Ref+
23
Ref-
24
Shld

102 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

 Drive Configuration Chapter 2

Typical Three-wire Control with Encoder Parameter Comparison

Table 59 - Line Side Converter Parameters
PowerFlex 700S PowerFlex 755T
Parameter, Bit Display Name Value Port:Parameter.Bit Display Name Value
The PowerFlex 700S does not have an active front end converter, so there are 13:30 Nom Line Freq Application Specific
no equivalent parameters.
13:32 AC Line kVA A Application Specific
13:34 AC Line Imped% A Application Specific
0:63 LS Start Mode 0
=’FLW MSideInv’
13:45 DC Bus Ref Sel 0
=’Auto’
13:54 Volt Reg C/U Sel 0
=’Calculated’

Table 60 - Motor Side Inverter Control Parameters

PowerFlex 700S PowerFlex 755T
Parameter, Bit Display Name Value Port:Parameter.Bit Display Name Value
P1 Motor NP Volts Application Specific 10:400 Motor NP Volts Application Specific
P2 Motor NP FLA Application Specific 10:401 Motor NP Amps Application Specific
P3 Motor NP Hertz Application Specific 10:402 Motor NP Hertz Application Specific
P4 Motor NP RPM Application Specific 10:403 Motor NP RPM Application Specific
P5 Motor NP Power Application Specific 10:406 Motor NP Power Application Specific
P6 Mtr NP Pwr Units Application Specific 10:405 Mtr NP Pwr Units Application Specific
P7 Motor Poles Application Specific 10:407 Motor Poles Application Specific
P10 Speed Ref 1 800 10:1801 VRef A Stpt 0
=‘Anlg In 1 Data’ =Default, not used
P27 Speed Ref A Sel 1=’Spd Ref 1’ 10:1800 VRef A Sel 40050
=’4:50 [Anlg In0 Value]’
10:1802 VRef A AnlgHi Motor NP RPM
10:1803 VRef A AnlgLo 0
P30 Min Spd Ref Lim 0 10:1900 Vel Low Lim Pos 0
10:1901 Vel Low Lim Neg 0
P31 Max Spd Ref Lim Motor NP RPM 10:1898 Vel Limit Pos Motor NP RPM
10:1899 Vel Limit Neg (-) Motor NP RPM
P32 Accel Time 1 10.0 10:1915 VRef Accel Time1 10.0
P33 Decel Time 1 10.0 10:1917 VRef Decel Time1 10.0
P34 S Curve Time 0.5 10:1919 VRef Accel Jerk 5.0
10:1920 VRef Decel Jerk 5.0
P90 Spd Reg BW Application Specific 10:906 System BW Application Specific
P91 Spd Reg Damping Application Specific 10:907 System Damping Application Specific
P81 Spd Reg P Gain Application Specific 10:1956 u VReg Kp Application Specific
P82 Spd Ref I Gain Application Specific 10:1958 u VReg Ki Application Specific

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018 103

Chapter 2 Drive Configuration

Table 60 - Motor Side Inverter Control Parameters (Continued)

PowerFlex 700S PowerFlex 755T
Parameter, Bit Display Name Value Port:Parameter.Bit Display Name Value
P86 Spd Reg Droop Application Specific 10:1961 Droop RPM at FLA Application Specific
P110 Speed/Torque Mode 1 10:30 PsnVelTrq Mode A 1
=’Speed Reg’ =’Speed Reg’
P153, B0 Control Options 0 10:930 Direction Mode 0
=NOT ’Bipolar SRef’ =’Unipolar’
P168 Normal Stop Mode 0 10:110 Mtr Stop Mode A 1
=’Ramp Stop’ =’Ramp’
P222 Mtr Fdbk Sel Pri 0 10:1000 Pri Vel Fb Sel 50005
=’Encoder0’ =’5:4 [Encoder Feedback]’
P403 Voltage Class Application Specific 0:33 Voltage Class Cfg Application Specific
— 0:35 Duty Rating Cfg Application Specific
— Default units are RPM only 0:46 Velocity Units 1
=’RPM’
P414 Brake/Bus Cnfg Application Specific 10:116 Bus Reg Mode A Application Specific
P485 Motor Ctrl Mode 0 0:65 Pri MtrCtrl Mode (applies to 4
=’FOC’ Port 10) =’Induction FV’

Table 61 - Encoder Feedback

PowerFlex 700S PowerFlex 755T(1)
Parameter, Bit Display Name Value Port:Parameter.Bit Display Name Value
P232 Encoder0 PPR 1024 5:2 Encoder PPR 1024
(Enc 0 PPR)
P233 Encdr 0/1 Config Application Specific 5:1 Encoder Cfg Application Specific
(1) With 20-750-ENC-1 Single Encoder Module, Port 5.

Table 62 - Analog I/O

PowerFlex 700S PowerFlex 755T(1)
Parameter, Bit Display Name Value Port:Parameter.Bit Display Name Value
P802 Anlg In1 Scale 0.1 4:51 Anlg In0 Hi +10.000
P803 Anlg In1 Offset 0.0 4:52 Anlg In0 Lo 0.000
P821, B0 Analog I/O Units 0 4:45 Anlog In Type 0
(Main Control Board, Switch S5- =’Voltage’ (Module Ai0 jumper set to =’Voltage Mode’
2 set to ‘open’) ‘voltage’)
P1093 Anlg In1 Loss Cnfg 0 4:53 Anlg In0 LssActn 0
=’Disabled’ =’Ignore’
(1) With 2263C-1R2T I/O Module, Port 4.

104 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

 Drive Configuration Chapter 2

Table 63 - Digital I/O

PowerFlex 700S PowerFlex 755T
Parameter, Bit Display Name Value Port:Parameter.Bit Display Name Value
P825 Digital In1 Sel 14 0:108 DI M Stop 40001.00
=‘Normal Stop’ =4:1, B0 [Dig In Sts, Input0]
P826 Digital In2 Sel 5 0:117 DI M Start 40001.01
=‘Start’ =4:1, B1 [Dig In Sts, Input1]
P827 Digital In3 Sel 6 0:130 DI M Fwd Reverse 40001.02
=‘Reverse’ =4:1, B2 [Dig In Sts, Input2]
P845 Digital Out1 Sel 3 4:20 TO0 Sel 100354.00
=’Ready’ =10:354.00 [Motor Side Sts
1, Ready]
P850 Digital Out2 Sel 8 4:30 TO1 Sel 100354.01
=’Active’ =10:354.01 [Motor Side Sts
1, Active]
P855 Rly Out3 Sel 1 4:10 RO0 Sel 100354.07
=’Not Fault’ =10:354.07 [Motor Side Sts
1, Faulted]
4:6.0 Dig Out Invert 1
=’Relay Out0 Output
Inverted’

PowerFlex 755TL/TR Drive The PowerFlex 755TL/TR drives exclude any standard or optional door-
mounted operator devices. Precharge normally occurs when the input
Control disconnect, FD1, is closed. When precharge is completed the AC input MCB
circuit breaker, CB1, is closed automatically. If 0:63 [LS Start Mode] is set to
‘0’=’FLW MSideInv’ the line side converter IGBT modulation will start
automatically when the drive is started and is active in any motor control power
output mode (jog, run, stopping, and so on). When the drive is stopped, line
side converter IGBT modulation is stopped after the time delay set in 13:43
[LSC TurnOffDelay] expires (default = 5.0 seconds). When line side
converter IGBT modulation is stopped the line side converter transistors are
disabled, however, diode rectifiers in the line side converter IGBT power
devices are active. In this case, there will DC bus voltage available even when
line side converter IGBT modulation is stopped.

The following wiring diagrams show typical power and control power
connections to a frame 8 PowerFlex 755TL low harmonic drive with control
options; Torque Accuracy Module (control option catalog code -C0) and
RWR output filter (filter catalog code –M). The user-supplied 24V DC
auxiliary control power is shown connected, but the drive will function
without this power supply. The PowerFlex 755TR regenerative drive has the
same power and control connections.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018 105

106
Chapter 2
Drive Configuration

CB1 LCL Filter Line Side Motor Side RWR

L1 F3...5 Power F1...2 Power T1/U
Structure DC + Structure T1 AC
MOTOR
L2 T2/V
T2
3Phase AC M
Power Source
L3 PE-B1 PE-B1 T3/W
DC - T3
J6 J6
Control Bus Bars Control Bus 240VAC
P2
Connector 1 J5 J5
240VAC Line PE PE
G

240VAC Neutral Motor Operator LCL PDI Bus

Shunt Trip M1
Conditioner
User 120/240VAC Line
FD1 R1...3 PE-A2
PE-A1 Fiber
Precharge CTL TO ENCODER
User 120/240VAC Neutral Cable(s)
Door 240vac/Aux24
J4 PDI
Aux 24VDC Pos Operator
J4 Fiber
Aux 24VDC Neg CTL
J2 J4 J3 J7 Cable
AC Pre-Charge
CB1-PRECHRG DCB
FH1 PCBA1
TB2 To Control
J6 PE-A Fiber
L2 ACP Pod I/O and
ACL Cable Fiber Interface
P8 SYS J2 Board
240VAC AUX
L1 240VAC 24VDC 24VDC
J1 Torque J3
J5 J12 J1
CTRL Accuracy Fiber
N1 FH2 Module Cable
240VAC to
PWR LCL/PS AUX
N2 PS1 24VDC
24VDC 24VDC
TB5 P/S SYS
+ T1

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

FH4 FH3 240VAC
+
AUX
Internal
Aux 24VDC
- Cooling to PS
24VDC Fan(s)
-

(TAM), and motor side inverter RWR output filter.

Figure 27 - PowerFlex 755TL Drive, Sample Frame 8 Wiring Diagram

Figure 27 shows optional equipment installed; Torque Accuracy Module

 Drive Configuration Chapter 2

Figure 28 - PowerFlex 755TL Drive Control Pod

PowerFlex 755TL, Frame 8...10
Control Pod

Fiber P13
POWERFLEX Aux
Tranceiver To PF755T
755T 24VDC
Converter
Board Input
VER. X.XX
P14
To PF755T
24VDC
Converter

ACP0
Pre- Fiber To AC Pre-charge
ACP1/TAM Charge Cable control board
Fiber Torq Acc
To TAM L0...L9
Cable Mod
Fiber To Line Side Converter
L-CTL
Cable(s) Power Module(s)

M0...M9
Fiber To Motor Side Inverter
M-CTL
Cable(s) Power Module(s)

X
IN
P7 ENABLE
PORT 0 OUT
(MCB) X IN
P8 SAFETY
OUT

CONTROL PORT 4
MODE x <>
SELECTOR
PORT 5
<>
TB1
+24v
PORT 6
<>
24VC PORT 7
<>

PORT 8
<>

P1

EMB ENET P2
ENABLE P155=PORT0:
XENB P220 (DIG IN STS), DI0
DI0DC
DIGITAL INPUT 24VDC
DIC HUNDREDS 9
DIGITAL INPUT
COMMON
DI0AC
DIGITAL INPUT 120VAC TENS 9

ONES 9

PORT 2 / 3
PORT 1 P10
P11

DRIVE MOUNTED HUMAN

INTERFACE MODULE
KIT#: 20-HIM-C6

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018 107

Chapter 2 Drive Configuration

The 20-750-2263C-1R2T I/O module terminals and related parameter table

are from publication 750-IN100, and are shown here for reference only.

Table 64 - TB1 Terminal Designations

Terminal Name Description Related
Param (4)
Sh Shield Terminating point for wire shields when an EMC
plate or conduit box is not installed.
Sh
Ptc– Motor PTC (–) Motor protection device (Positive Temperature 40
Coefficient). on Port nn
Sh
Ptc+ Motor PTC (+)
Sh
PTC–
PTC+ Ao0– Analog Out 0 (–) Bipolar, ±10V, 11-bit & sign, 2 kΩ minimum load. 75
Ao0–
Ao0+ 4-20 mA, 11-bit & sign, 400 Ω maximum load. on Port nn
Ao1–
Ao1+
Ao0+ Analog Out 0 (+)
–10V
10VC
+10V Ao1– Analog Out 1 (–) 85
Ai0–
Ai0+ on Port nn
Ai1–
Ai1+
Ao1+ Analog Out 1 (+)
24VC
+24V
DiC –10V –10V Reference 2 kΩ minimum.
Di0
Di1
Di2
Di3 10VC 10V Common For (–) and (+) 10V references.
Di4
Di5
+10V +10V Reference 2 kΩ minimum.
Ai0– Analog Input 0 (–) Isolated(2), bipolar, differential, 11-bit & sign. 50, 70
Voltage Mode: ±10V @ 88 kΩ input impedance. on Port nn
Ai0+ Analog Input 0 (+) Current Mode: 0-20 mA @ 93 Ω input impedance.
Ai1– Analog Input 1 (–) 60, 70
on Port nn
Ai1+ Analog Input 1 (+)
24VC 24V Common Drive supplied logic input power.
200 mA max. per I/O module
+24V +24V DC 600 mA max per drive
Di C Digital Input Common for Digital Inputs 0…5
Common
Di 0 Digital Input 0 (1) 24V DC (30V DC Max.) - Opto isolated 1
High State: 20…24V DC 11.2 mA DC on Port nn
Di 1 Digital Input 1(1)
Low State: 0…5V DC
Di 2 Digital Input 2(1) 120V AC (132V AC Max.) 50/60 Hz (3) - Opto
isolated
Di 3 Digital Input 3(1)
High State: 100…132V AC
Di 4 Digital Input 4(1) Low State: 0…30V AC
Di 5 Digital Input 5(1)
(1) Digital Inputs are either 24V DC (2262C) or 120V AC (2262D) based on module catalog number. Ensure applied voltage is correct
for I/O module.
(2) Differential Isolation - External source must be maintained at less than 160V regarding PE. Input provides high common mode
immunity.
(3) For CE compliance, use shielded cable. Cable length should not exceed 30 m (98 ft).
(4) I/O Module parameters will also have a Port designation.

108 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

 Drive Configuration Chapter 2

Table 65 - TB2 Terminal Designations (1 Relay and 2 Transistor Outputs: 1R2T)

Relay Out Terminal Name Description Related
Param
R0NO Relay 0 N.O. Relay Normally Open contact output: 10, 100,
R0NO 240V AC, 24V DC, 2 A max. 101,
R0C R0C Relay 0 Common 105, 106
R0NC
General Purpose (Inductive) / Resistive
T0 R0NC Relay 0 N.C. on Port
TC nn
T1 Relay Normally Closed contact output:
240V AC, 24V DC, 2 A max.
Resistive Only
T0 Transistor Output 0 Transistor output 20
Rating: 24V DC = 1 A max. on Port
24V DC = 0.4 A Max for U.L. nn
applications
TC Transistor Output
Common Resistive

T1 Transistor Output 1 30
on Port
nn

Safety Configurations The PowerFlex 700S drive was available with an optional hardware Safe Torque
Off / 2nd Encoder module. The functionality of this option can easily be
obtained with the PowerFlex 755T product by using one of the available Safe
Torque Off option modules. If the optional 20-750-S3 Safe Torque Off
module is installed, the PowerFlex 755T can be used with Integrated Safety
over EtherNet/IP.

PowerFlex 700S Safety Options

The PowerFlex 700S DriveGuard® Safe Torque Off with 2nd Encoder option
module, catalog 20D-P2-DG01, provides hardware Safe Torque Off
functionality and the facility to connect a second encoder. The DriveGuard
option requires an Expanded Cassette.

The DriveGuard Safe Torque Off option is just one component in a safety
control system. Components in the system must be chosen and applied
appropriately to achieve the desired level of functional safety.

Details of installation, wiring, and safety performance levels are found in the
DriveGuard Safe Torque Off Option for PowerFlex 700S Phase II AC Drives
and PowerFlex 700L Liquid-Cooled AC Drives User Manual, publication
20D-UM007.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018 109

Chapter 2 Drive Configuration

PowerFlex 755T Safety Options

Like the PowerFlex 750-series AC drives, the PowerFlex 755T can be equipped
with one safety option module. The safety option module is just one
component in a safety control system. Components in the migration solution
must be chosen and applied appropriately to achieve the same or higher level of
functional safety that was available with the existing PowerFlex 700S with
DriveGuard Safe Torque Off.

Details of installation, wiring, and safety performance levels for each of the
PowerFlex 750-series safety options can be found in Table 66.
Table 66 - PowerFlex 750-Series Safety Option Modules
Description Cat. No. Publication

Hardware Safe Torque Off 20-750-S PowerFlex 750-Series Safe Torque Off Option Module User Manual,
publication 750-UM002
Hardware Safe Speed Monitor 20-750- PowerFlex 750-Series Safe Speed Monitor Option Module Safety
S1 Reference Manual, publication 750-RM001
Integrated Safe Torque Off 20-750- PowerFlex 755 Integrated Safety - Safe Torque Off Option Module User
S3 Manual, publication 750-UM004

Migration Solutions

Either the hardware Safe Torque Off (20-750-S) or integrated Safe Torque Off
(20-750-S3) PowerFlex 750-series safety options can be used to migrate the
functionality of the PowerFlex 700S DriveGuard Safe Torque Off module.

The PowerFlex 750-series Safe Torque Off option modules exclude encoder
inputs. If the second encoder part of the PowerFlex 700S DriveGuard Safe
Torque Off module is used, it will be necessary to supply a PowerFlex 750-
series encoder option module to interface with the second encoder.

The PowerFlex 700S DriveGuard Safe Torque Off requires using the
DriveGuard safety module feedback monitoring contact to achieve the
published safety level and category. The PowerFlex 750-series safety modules
do not use or require safety module feedback monitoring to achieve the
published safety level and category.

The integrated Safe Torque Off option module (20-750-S3) uses integrated
safety over EtherNet/IP or a hardware interface for Safe Torque Off
functionality.

See Actuator Subsystems – Stop Cat. 0 or 1 via a PowerFlex Drive with

Integrated Safe Torque Off Safety Function Application Technique,
publication SAFETY-AT141, that describes using the PowerFlex 750-Series
integrated Safe Torque Off option module.

110 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

 Drive Configuration Chapter 2

PowerFlex 700S DriveLogix The PowerFlex 700S Phase II drive could be equipped with an optional
DriveLogix 5730 processor, catalog 20D-DL2-LEB0. The DriveLogix 5730
5730 Configurations Logix Expansion board requires the expanded cassette.

DriveLogix offers embedded Logix control for application programmability

and control of auxiliary functions in the PowerFlex 700S. DriveLogix is
programmed using Studio/RSLogix 5000. It is a fully functional
CompactLogix™ controller. It can be programmed using a Ladder Diagram,
Function Block Diagram, Sequential Function Chart, or Structured Text. It is
only an option for the PowerFlex 700S and is not available in any other current
drive product. More information on DriveLogix can be found in the
DriveLogix 5730 Controller for PowerFlex 700S Drives with Phase II Control
User Manual, publication 20D-UM003.

As previously mentioned, the initial release of PowerFlex 755T firmware

excludes the DeviceLogix™ application. DeviceLogix is an embedded control
technology in some Rockwell Automation products that can control outputs
and manage status information onboard a device. In the PowerFlex 755,
DeviceLogix is used to provide additional control capability at the drive level
based on application needs. A Function Block Diagram or Ladder Logic
program can be configured to control drive functions and physical and
networked I/O. DeviceLogix is programmed using Connected Components
Workbench (CCW). More information on DeviceLogix is found in the
DeviceLogix System User Manual, publication RA-UM003.

Migration Solutions

It will be necessary use an external automation controller, such as a

CompactLogix or ControlLogix®, and translate your PowerFlex 700S
DriveLogix application software to operate within the automation controller.
A communication network is required to communicate between the PowerFlex
755T and the automation controller.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018 111

Chapter 2 Drive Configuration

Notes:

112 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

 Chapter 3

Communication Configuration

A PowerFlex® 700S drive with a communication option module can usually be

migrated to a PowerFlex 755T product with embedded EtherNet/IP or
compatible communication module. The process to migrate can vary
significantly depending on the communication option in the PowerFlex 700S
drive and the controller type communicating with the drive.

IMPORTANT Refer to the respective communication adapter user manuals. The manuals
provide important configuration, installation, wiring, and programming
processes required for proper operation.

This section describes the PowerFlex 700S network options that are
compatible with PowerFlex 755T products. Because of the wide variety of
networks, processors, and drive options available, use this section to
understand the types of network communication that are available for
PowerFlex 755T products, and determine the correct communication option
for your drive migration.

In some cases, it is necessary to re-map and translate reference, status, control

and DataLink registers if 16-bit based processors such as PLC-5®, SLC™, or
certain MicroLogix™ controllers are communicating with the drive.

Use Table 67 to cross-reference the existing PowerFlex 700S communication

module to a compatible PowerFlex 750-series communication module. If your
existing communication protocol does not have a compatible PowerFlex 750-
series communication module, contact an authorized Rockwell Automation
Distributor specialist, Solution Partner, Recognized System Integrator or
Rockwell Automation account manager to discuss engineered solutions for
custom migrations.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018 113

Chapter 3 Communication Configuration

Table 67 - Communication Protocol Adapter Cross-reference Guide

Protocol PowerFlex 700S PowerFlex 750-series Communication Modules
Communication
Adapters
EtherNet/IP 20-COMM-E, 20-COMM- Embedded dual-port User Manual, publication
ER, 1788-ENBT, 20D-DL2- EtherNet/IP 750COM-UM009
ENET0 20-750-ENETR dual port User Manual, publication,
750COM-UM008
ControlNet Coax 20-COMM-C 20-750-CNETC User Manual, publication,
1788-CNC/CNCR 750COM-UM003
ControlNet Fiber 20-COMM-Q —(1) —
1788-CNF/CNFR
DeviceNet 20-COMM-D 20-750-DNET User Manual, publication,
1788-DNB0 750COM-UM002
HVAC Modbus RTU 20-COMM-H —(1)
CANopen 20-COMM-K —(1)
Modbus/TCP 20-COMM-M —(1)
PROFIBUS DPV1 20-COMM-P 20-750-PBUS User Manual, publication,
750COM-UM004
ProfiNet — 20-750-PNET User Manual, publication,
20-750-PNET2P 750COM-UM006
750COM-UM007
Remote I/O 20-COMM-R(2) —(1)
RS485 DF1 20-COMM-S —(1)
USB 1203-USB 1203-USB
(1) Future product releases may permit the use of selected 20-COMM-x communication adapters.
(2) This item has End-of-Life status.

PowerFlex 755T 20-COMM-x Network Adapter Compatibility

At initial release, 20-COMM-x adapters cannot be used with PowerFlex 755T

products.

Scaling of Reference and Feedback

The PowerFlex 700S drive parameters for network ‘SpeedReference’ and

‘SpeedFeedback’ data using a 20-COMM-E communication adapter are scaled
for 32767 = 1.0 PU. A Logix value of 32767 written to network DPI Port 5
‘SpeedReference’ 32-bit integer pre-defined output DataLink will equate to a
parameter P40 [Selected Spd Ref ] internal value of 1.0 PU, which is displayed
in RPM where 1.0 PU = P4 [Motor NP RPM].

114 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

 Communication Configuration Chapter 3

The PowerFlex 755T network speed ‘Reference’ and ‘Feedback’ data using the
Embedded Ethernet or 20-750-ENTR option module are in engineering units
and are dependent on 0:46 [Velocity Units]. A Logix value of 60.2 written to
the network ‘Reference’ 32-bit real pre-defined output DataLink will equate to
a parameter 0:1892 [VRef Selected] value of 60.2 Hz or 60.2 rpm depending
on the setting of parameter 0:46 [Velocity Units]. It is highly recommended
that 0:46 be set to 1=’RPM’ to match the velocity units used by the PowerFlex
700S.

PowerFlex 700S DPI The PowerFlex 700S supports 16/32-bit integer [INT/DINT] and floating
point [REAL] DataLinks, which can be selected on the Logix module
Communications definition screen (for details, see the communication adapter documentation).
The PowerFlex 700S with 20-COMM-x communication option module
supports 8 Input and 8 Output 32-bit DataLinks. When using Logix V16 and
later PowerFlex 700S internal/communication parameter values and Logix
DataLink tags automatically have the same data type and scaling factor as the
PowerFlex 700S internal values.

Figure 29 shows the Module Definition dialog box for a PowerFlex 700S with
20-COMM-E Ethernet/IP adapter using one 32-bit DINT parameter (A1)
and two 32-bit REAL parameters (A2 and B1) on the Input, as well as two 32-
bit REAL parameters (A1 and A2) on the Output.

Figure 29 - Module Definition

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018 115

Chapter 3 Communication Configuration

PowerFlex 755T The PowerFlex 755T product supports 16 input and 16 output 16/32-bit
integer [INT/DINT] and floating point [REAL] DataLinks when using
Communications Embedded EtherNet or 20-750-ENETR communication option module.
When using Logix V16 and later PowerFlex 755T parameters and Logix
DataLink tags automatically have the same data type and scaling factor.
Figure 30 and Figure 31 show similar 32-bit DataLinks when using a
PowerFlex 755T product with Embedded EtherNet communication.

Figure 30 - Connection Formats - Inputs

Figure 31 - Connection Formats - Outputs

116 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

 Communication Configuration Chapter 3

Logic Command Word Table 68 shows the motor side inverter communication Logic Command
Word comparison that applies to the Logix Add-On-Profile (AOP). The Logic
Comparison Command Word functions are pre-defined by the AOP and associated tags are
automatically assigned in the Logix project.
• “Start” is a momentary command, that is, a transition from ‘0’ to ‘1’
performs the start function. A ‘1’ to ‘0’ transition of the “Start”
command has no effect on operation and does NOT perform a stop
function.
• The “Run” command is a maintained function. A ‘0’ to ‘1’ transition of
the “Run” command performs the run function. A ‘1’ to ‘0’ transition of
the “Run” command performs a stop function.
• The “NormalStop” or “Stop” command must transition from ‘0’ to ‘1’ to
perform a stop function. The “Start” and “Run” commands are inhibited
if the “NormalStop” or “Stop” command is ‘1’. The “Start” or “Run”
commands must transition from ‘0’ to ‘1’ after a stop command in order
to perform the start or run functions.
• PowerFlex 755TL/TR drives and PowerFlex 755TM common bus
inverters do not have a line side converter Logic Command Word. To
manually control the PowerFlex 755TL/TR line side converter, you
must set 0:63 [LS Start Mode] = (0) 'Conv Logic'. To control the line
side converter via communication link from the Logix controller, assign
parameter 0:64 [LS Manual Ctrl] to an Output DataLink.
Alternatively, the line side converter can be controlled manually by
Digital I/O parameters; 0:105 [DI L Enable], 0:112 [DI L Stop], 0:119
[DI L Start] and 0:123 [DI L Run].

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018 117

Chapter 3 Communication Configuration

Table 68 - Motor Side Inverter Logic Command Word Comparison

PowerFlex 700S Drive Command Description PowerFlex 755TL/TR Drive and Command Description
:O.LogicCommand_ PowerFlex 755TM Common Bus
”TagName” Inverter
:O.LogicCommand_
”TagName”
Bit 0 “NormalStop” 0 = Not Normal Stop Bit 0 “Stop” 0 = Not Stop
1 = Normal Stop 1 = Stop
Bit 1 “Start” 0 = Not Start Bit 1 “Start” 0 = Not Start
1= Start 1= Start
Bit 2 “Jog1” 0 = Not Jog 1 Bit 2 “Jog1” 0 = Not Jog 1
1 = Jog using P29 [Jog Speed 1] 1 = Jog using 10:1894 [Jog Speed 1]
Bit 3 “ClearFault” 0 = Not Clear Fault Bit 3 “ClearFaults” 0 = Not Clear Fault
1 = Clear Fault 1 = Clear Fault
Bit 4 “UniPolFwd” 00 = No Command Bit 4 “Forward” 00 = No Command
Bit 5 “UniPolRev” 01 = Forward command Bit 5 “Reverse” 01 = Forward command
10 = Reverse command 10 = Reverse command
11 = Hold Direction 11 = Hold Direction
Bit 6 Reserved Not used Bit 6 “Manual” 0 = Not Manual
1 = Manual
Bit 7 Reserved Not used
Bit 7 “Jog2” 0 = Not Jog 2 Bit 19 “Jog2” 0 = Not Jog 2
1 = Jog using P39 [Jog Speed 2] 1 = Jog using 10:1895 [Jog Speed 2]
Bit 8 “CurLimStop” 0 = Not Current Limit Stop Bit 17 “CLimitStop” 0 = Not Current Limit Stop
1 = Current Limit Stop 1 = Current Limit Stop
Bit 9 “CoastStop” 0 = Not Coast Stop Bit 16 “CoastStop” 0 = Not Coast Stop
1 = Coast Stop 1 = Coast Stop
Bit 8 “AccelTime1” 00 = No Command
Bit 9 “AccelTime2” 01 = Use 10:1915 [VRef Accel Time1]
10 = Use 10:1916 [VRef Accel Time2]
11 = Use Present Time
Bit 10 Reserved Not used Bit 10 “DecelTime1” 00 = No Command
Bit 11 “DecelTime2” 01 = Use 10:1917 [VRef Decel Time1]
Bit 11 Reserved Not used
10 = Use 10:1918 [VRef Decel Time2]
11 = Use Present Time
Bit 12 “SpdRefSel1” 000 = Use P27 [Speed Ref A Sel] Bit 12 “SpdRefSel0” 000 = No Command
Bit 13 “SpdRefSel2” 001 = Use P28 [Speed Ref B Sel] Bit 13 “SpdRefSel1” 001 = Use 10:1800 [VRef A Sel]
Bit 14 “SpdRefSel3” 010 = Use P15 [Preset Speed 2] Bit 14 “SpdRefSel2” 010 = Use 10:1807 [VRef B Sel]
011 = Use P16 [Preset Speed 3] 011 = Use 10:1816 [Preset Speed 3]
100 = Use P17 [Preset Speed 4] 100 = Use 10:1817 [Preset Speed 4]
101 = Use P18 [Preset Speed 5] 101 = Use 10:1818 [Preset Speed 5]
110 = Use P19 [Preset Speed 6] 110 = Use 10:1819 [Preset Speed 6]
111 = Use P20 [Preset Speed 7] 111 = Use 10:1820 [Preset Speed 7]

Bit 15 Reserved Not used Bit 15 Reserved Not used

Bit 18 “Run” 0 = Not Run
1 = Run
Bit 20…31 Reserved Not used

118 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

 Communication Configuration Chapter 3

DataLink Handling DataLink examples using a Logix controller with Logix V16 and later
firmware. Sample numerical data is interpreted as shown in Table 69.
Comparison
Table 69 - DataLink Handling Comparison
Example Data Drive Type and Comm Option DataLink; Parameter Parameter Value in Tag Value in Logix(1) (2)
Information PowerFlex

Output Amps PowerFlex 700S; Input DataLink A1; Internal value; 12897 12897
20-COMM-E/ER P297 [Output Curr Disp], P297 displayed as;
type ‘DINT’, units ‘Amps’, scale = 12897 / 10 = 1289.7
‘10’
PowerFlex 755T; Input DataLink 01; 458.9 458.9
Embedded Ethernet 10:3 [Output Current],
type ‘REAL’, units ‘Amps’
Motoring Torque Limit PowerFlex 700S; Output DataLink A1; 2.0 2.0
20-COMM-E/ER P125 [Torque Pos Limit],
type ‘REAL’, units ‘PU’
PowerFlex 755T; Output DataLink 01; 200.0 200.0
Embedded Ethernet 10:2083 [Torque Limit Pos],
type ‘REAL’, units ‘%’
Regen Torque Limit PowerFlex 700S; Output DataLink A2; -2.0 -2.0
20-COMM-E/ER P126 [Torque Neg Limit],
type ‘REAL’, units ‘PU’
PowerFlex 755T; Output DataLink 02; -200.0 -200.0
Embedded Ethernet 10:2084 [Torque Limit Neg],
type ‘REAL’, units ‘%’
Network Speed Reference PowerFlex 700S; Pre-defined Output DataLink; Internal value; 16809
20-COMM-E/ER DPI Port 5, Tag ‘SpeedReference’, = 16809 / 32767
Type ‘DINT’ = 0.513
Comm value; 16809
PowerFlex 755T; Pre-defined Output DataLink; 1460.2 1460.2
Embedded Ethernet 0:211 [Emb Enet Ref], Tag
‘Reference’, Type ‘REAL’
Selected Speed Reference PowerFlex 700S; Input DataLink A2; Internal value; 0.513 0.513
20-COMM-E/ER P40 [Selected Spd Ref], P40 displayed as;
Type ‘REAL’, units ‘RPM’ = 0.513 * P4 [Motor NP RPM]
PowerFlex 755T; Input DataLink 02; 1460.2 1460.2
Embedded Ethernet 0:1892 [VRef Selected],
Type ‘REAL’, units(3) ‘RPM’
Network Speed Feedback PowerFlex 700S; Pre-defined Input DataLink; Internal value; 0.6578 21554
20-COMM-E/ER DPI Port 5, Tag ‘SpeedFeedback’, Comm value;
Type ‘DINT’ = 0.6578 x 32767
= 21554
PowerFlex 755T; Pre-defined Input DataLink; 935.7 935.7
Embedded Ethernet Tag ‘Feedback’, Type ‘REAL’
Active Speed Feedback PowerFlex 700S; Input DataLink B1; Internal value; 0.6578 0.6578
20-COMM-E/ER P300 [Motor Spd Fdbk] P300 displayed as;
Type ‘REAL’, units ‘RPM’ = 0.6578 * P4 [Motor NP RPM]
PowerFlex 755T; Input DataLink 03; 935.7 935.7
Embedded Ethernet 10:1042 [Vel Fb Active]
Type ‘REAL’, units(3) ‘RPM’
(1) When using Logix V16 and later, DataLink scaling is automatically applied such that Logix values match PowerFlex internal values.
(2) When using Logix V15 and earlier or 16-bit processors, DataLink scaling may need to be done in application programs. See the 16 Bit-based Processor section in this document for more information.
(3) PowerFlex 755T velocity units depend on the setting of parameter 0:46 [Velocity Units]. It is highly recommended that parameter 0:46 be to 1=’RPM’ to match the PowerFlex 700S velocity units of
‘RPM’. The above examples assume P46 = 1 ‘RPM’.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018 119

Chapter 3 Communication Configuration

16-bit Processors The PowerFlex 755T products are 32-bit, whereas the PLC-5, SLC 500, and
MicroLogix 1100/1400 processor modules are 16-bit. Any application that
uses a 16-bit based processor with a PowerFlex 755T product Embedded
EtherNet/IP or communication option module must include a review to
determine the types of data that are passed, and if the 16-bit based processor
can process the data.

For information on how to use a PLC-5, SLC 500, or MicroLogix 1100/1400

controller, see Controller Examples for EtherNet/IP Network
Communications with PowerFlex 750-Series Drives, publication
750COM-AT001.

For 16-bit processors, the data requires manipulation to set a speed reference
above 32767 or below -32767. See PowerFlex 700S AC Drives Phase II
Control reference manual, publication PFLEX-RM003.

120 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

 Appendix A

Enclosure Information

Dimensions and Enclosure Enclosure and dimensional information based on the compatible migration
solutions are shown in the cross-reference tables.
Types
The enclosure dimensions for both AC Input and DC Input PowerFlex 700S
frame 9…13 drives are the same, however, there are differences in weight
between AC and DC input types. See the PowerFlex 700S Drives with Phase II
Control Technical Data, publication 20D-TD002, for enclosure weight data.

IMPORTANT The PowerFlex 700S frame 9 drive is usually mounted within an enclosure,
however, it can be wall-mounted per the catalog numbers shown. The
equivalent PowerFlex 755T product is supplied as a floor standing enclosure.
Consider the mounting and enclosure types that are used for your PowerFlex
700S frame 9 migration solution to ensure the PowerFlex 755T enclosed
product can be installed in the available space.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018 121

Appendix A Enclosure Information

AC Input Dimensions
Figure 32 - AC and DC Input Frame 9 PowerFlex 700S
480.0 (18.90)
5.0 (0.20) 400.0 (15.75) 363.3 (14.32)
14.0 (0.55) 240.0 (9.45) 9.0 (0.35) 339.5 (13.37)
45.0 (1.77)

Nameplate

Wire Way

1150.0
(45.28)
1120.0
(44.09)
Nameplate

9.0 (0.35)
Lifting Hole
21.0 (0.83)

122 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

 IP21 Rittal IP20 MCC IP54 Rittal
655.04
632.5* (25.8)
478
(24.90) (19) 454
597.0 (18)
(23.50) 605.5
(23.84) 198.5
534.7 (7.8)
32.3 498.0
(21.05) (1.27) (19.61)

2234.0
2275.0
(87.95)
(89.57)
2403.5
(94.6)
2201.8 2286
(86.68) (90.0)

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

Figure 33 - AC and DC Input Frame 10 PowerFlex 700S

635
635 606
(25.0) (24)
(25.0)
Enclosure Information

123
Appendix A
124
Appendix A

IP21 Rittal IP20 MCC IP54 Rittal

Enclosure Information

797.0 621.74*
(31.38) (24.48) 655.04
605.5 (25.8)
736.0 678 454
(28.98) (23.84) (26.7)
32.25 (18.0)
498.0
(1.27)
(19.61) 213
(8.4)

! DANGER

2275.0 2234.0
(89.57) (87.95)

2205.0 2286
(86.81) 2414.5
(90.0)
(95.0)

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

Figure 34 - AC and DC Input Frame 11 PowerFlex 700S

635
889 (25.0) 806
(35.0) (31.7)
 IP21 Rittal IP20 MCC IP54 Rittal
632.5*
(24.90)
1196.05
(47.09) 605.5
(23.84) 478 478 655.04
534.7 32.3 (18.8) (18.8) (25.8)
(21.05) 498.0 42.0 (4.8) 454
(1.27) (19.61) (1.65) (17.9)

198.5 (7.8)

2234.0
2275.0
(87.95)
(89.57)
Powerful Performance, Flexible Control. Powerful Performance, Flexible Control.

2201.8
(86.68) 2286 2403.5
(90.0) (94.6)

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

635
635 635 1205.05
(25.0)
(25.0) (25.0)
Figure 35 - AC and DC Input Frame 12 PowerFlex 700S

1270
(50.0)
Enclosure Information

125
Appendix A
Appendix A Enclosure Information

Figure 36 - AC and DC Input Frame 13 PowerFlex 700S, IP21 Rittal

Dimensions are in millimeters and (inches).
619.2
A (24.4)
B 603
(23.7)
C 44
(1.73)

2275
(89.6)
2197
(86.5)

2231
(87.8)

1108.25
(43.6)

D E
65
(2.6)

535
(21.1)

Voltage Class Amps A B C D E F

400/480V AC 1150 1412 (56) 1329 (52) 1264 (50) 535 (21) 735 (29) 1264 (58)
(540/650V DC)
1300 1600 (63) 1529 (60) 1464 (58) 735 (29) 735 (29) 1464 (58)
1450
600/690V AC 920 1412 (56) 1329 (52) 1264 (50) 535 (21) 735 (29) 1264 (50)
(810/932V DC)
1030
1180

126 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

 Enclosure Information Appendix A

Figure 37 - AC and DC Input Frame 13 PowerFlex 700S, IP54 Rittal

Dimensions are in millimeters and (inches).

A
662
B C (26.1)
D 122 454
(4.8) (18.0)

F G
65
(2.6)

535
(21.1)

H Ø 13
2 PLACES

Voltage Class Amps A B C D E

400/480V AC 1150 1412 (56) 478 (18.8) 678 (26.7) 1 @ 242 (9.5) 2443.5 (104.5)
(540/650V DC) 1 @ 213 (8.4) max.

1300 1600 (63) 678 (26.7) 678 (26.7) 2 @ 242 (9.5) 2443.5 (104.5)

1450

600/690V AC 920 1412 (56) 478 (18.8) 678 (26.7) 1 @ 242 (9.5) 2443.5 (104.5)
(810/932V DC) 1 @ 213 (8.4) max.
1030

1180

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018 127

Appendix A Enclosure Information

Figure 38 - AC Input Frame 14 PowerFlex 700S, IP21 Rittal

IP21 Rittal
620
(24.5)
Lifting Points Lifting Points
603
(24)
44
(1.7)

Shipping Split
At This Location

2276
(90)
2232
(88)

797 (31.4) 797 (31.4) 797 (31.4)

IP54 Rittal
662
Lifting Points Lifting Points (26)
454
(18)

Shipping Split
At This Location

CLOSE

OPEN
2276
(90)
2232
(88)

797 (31.4) 797 (31.4) 797 (31.4)

2400 (94.4)

128 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

 Enclosure Information Appendix A

Figure 39 - Frame 8 PowerFlex 755TL/TR

312 Input Power Cables - Top Entry
(12.3)
128
(5.0)
301
(11.9) IP54, UL Type 12
721
(28.4)
90 IP21, UL Type 1
(3.5) 676
(26.6)
Signal Cables - Top Entry
Dimensions same as bottom.
48
(1.9)

Input Bay Power Bay

IP54, UL Type 12
2291
(90.2)
IP21, UL Type 1
2132
(83.9)

1407
(55.4)

400 800
(15.7) 1206 (31.5)
(47.5)
Signal Cables - Bottom Entry 200 Mounting Holes
(7.9)
45
(1.8)

709
(27.9) 535
153 (21.1)
451 (6.0)
(17.8)

Input Power Cables - Bottom Entry

49 105 150 36
0 (0)

335 (13.2)
400 (15.7)

867.5 (34.2)
967.5 (38.1)
1067.5 (42.0)
1135 (44.7)

(1.9) (4.1) (5.9) (1.4)

Motor Cables - Bottom Exit

(Plate is marked with recommended gland or conduit hole pattern.)

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018 129

Appendix A Enclosure Information

Figure 40 - Frame 9 PowerFlex 755TL/TR

512 Input Power Cables - Top Entry

(20.2)
128
(5.0)
301
(11.9) IP54, UL Type 12
721
(28.4)
90 IP21, UL Type 1
(3.5) 676
(26.6)
Signal Cables - Top Entry
Dimensions same as bottom.
66
(2.6)

Input Bay Power Bay Power Bay

IP54, UL Type 12
2291
(90.2)
IP21, UL Type 1
2132
(83.9)

1495
(58.9)

600 800 600

(23.6) 2006 (31.5) (23.6)
200 (79.0)
Signal Cables - Bottom Entry (7.9) Mounting Holes
45
(1.8)

Motor Cables - Bottom Exit

(Plate is marked with 509
225 (20.0) 535
(8.9) recommended gland or 153 (21.1)
431 conduit hole pattern.) (6.0)
(17.0)

Input Power Cables - Bottom Entry 105 150 36

0 (0)

535 (2.1)
600 (23.6)

1335 (52.6)
1400 (55.1)
1468 (57.8)
1568 (61.7)
1668 (65.7)
1768 (69.6)
1868 (73.5)
1935 (76.2)

(4.1) (5.9) (1.4)

130 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

 Enclosure Information Appendix A

Figure 41 - Frame 10 PowerFlex 755TL/TR

IP54, UL Type 12
473 721
(18.6) (28.4)
IP21, UL Type 1
676
(26.6)

45
(1.8) 726 200
(28.6) (7.9) Control Cables - Top Entry

Input Bay Power Bay Power Bay Power Bay

IP54, UL Type 12
2291
(90.2)
IP21, UL Type 1
2132
(83.9)

1481
(58.3)

1000 800 600 800

(39.4) (31.5) 3206 (23.6) (31.5)
200 230 200 (126.6)
(7.9) (9.1) (7.9)
45
(1.8)
Mounting Holes
709
186 Signal Cables - Bottom Entry (27.9) 535
(7.3) 153 (21.1)
450 (6.0)
(17.7)

105 150 36
0 (0)

1000 (39.4)

935 (36.8)
1000 (39.4)

1735 (68.3)
1800 (70.9)

2335 (91.9)
2400 (94.5)
2468 (97.2)
2564 (100.9)
2668 (105.0)
2768 (109.0)
2872 (113.1)
2964 (116.7)
3072 (120.9)
3135 (123.4)

(4.1) (5.9) (1.4)

Input Power Cables - Bottom Entry Motor Cables - Bottom Exit

(Plate is marked with recommended
gland or conduit hole pattern.)

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018 131

Appendix A Enclosure Information

Figure 42 - Frame 11 PowerFlex 755TR

IP54, UL Type 12
473 721
(18.6) (28.4)
IP21, UL Type 1
676
(26.6)

45
(1.8) 726 200
(28.6) (7.9) Signal Cables - Top Entry

Input Bay Power Bay Power Bay Power Bay Power Bay

IP54, UL Type 12
2291
(90.2)
IP21, UL Type 1
2132
(83.9)

1481
(58.3)

1000 800 600 600 600

(39.4) (31.5) (23.6) (23.6) (23.6)
3206
200 230 200 (126.6)
(7.9) (9.1) (7.9)
45
(1.8)
Mounting Holes
509 509
186 Control Cables - Bottom Entry (20.0) (20.0)
(7.3) 153 153 535
450 (6.0) (6.0) (21.1)
(17.7)
0 (0)

935 (36.8)
1000 (39.4)

1735 (68.3)
1800 (70.9)

2535 (99.8)
2600 (102.4)
2668 (105.0)
2768 (109.0)
2868 (112.9)
2968 (116.9)
3068 (120.8)
3135 (123.4)
3200 (126.0)
3268 (128.7)
3368 (132.6)
3468 (136.5)
3568 (140.5)
3668 (144.4)
3735 (147.0)

105 150 36
(4.1) (5.9) (1.4)

Power Cables - Bottom Entry Motor Cables - Bottom Exit

(Plate is marked with recommended
gland or conduit hole pattern.)

132 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

 IP54, UL Type 12
473 721
(18.6) (28.4)
IP21, UL Type 1
676
(26.6)

45
(1.8) 726 200
(28.6) (7.9) Signal Cables - Top Entry

Input Bay Power Bay Power Bay Power Bay Power Bay Power Bay

IP54, UL Type 12
2291
(90.2)
IP21, UL Type 1
2132
(83.9)

1481
(58.3)
Figure 43 - Frame 12 PowerFlex 755TR

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

1000 800 800 600 800 600
(39.4) (31.5) (31.5) 4606 (23.6) (31.5) (23.6)
200 230 200 (181.3)
(7.9) (9.1) (7.9)
45
(1.8)
Mounting Holes
Control Cables - Top Entry 709 509
186 (27.9) (20.0)
(7.3) 153 153 535
450 (6.0) (6.0) (21.1)
(17.7)
Enclosure Information

105 150 36

0 (0)
(4.1) (5.9) (1.4)

935 (36.8)
1000 (39.4)
1735 (68.3)
1800 (70.9)
2535 (99.8)
2600 (102.4)
3200 (126.0)
3268 (128.7)
3368 (132.6)
3468 (136.5)
3568 (140.5)
3668 (144.4)
3768 (148.3)
3868 (152.3)
3935 (154.9)

3135 (123.4)
4000 (157.5)
4068 (160.2)
4168 (164.1)
4268 (168.0)
4368 (172.0)
4468 (175.9)
4535 (178.5)

Input Power Cables - Bottom Exit

Input Power Cables - Bottom Entry (Plate is marked with recommended gland or conduit hole pattern.)

133
Appendix A
Appendix A Enclosure Information

DC Input Dimensions

DC input frames 9…13 PowerFlex 700S drives have the same dimensions as
AC input frames.

Figure 44 - DC Input Frame 14 PowerFlex 700S

620
DC Input (24.5)
601
(23.7)
44
(1.7)

2270
(89.4)
2232
(88)

1597
(63.0)

62.25
(2.5) 675 125 (5.0) 675
(26.6) (26.6)

475
(18.7)
65
(2.6)

68.75 (2.7) Dimensions are in millimeters and (inches).

30 (1.2) 799.5 (31.5)

134 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

 Enclosure Information Appendix A

Figure 45 - DC Input PowerFlex 755TM Common Bus Inverter Frames 8 and 9

Frame 8 Frame 9

IP54, UL Type 12
IP54, UL Type 12 721
721 (28.4)
(28.4)
IP21, UL Type 1
IP21, UL Type 1 676
676 (26.6)
(26.6)

IP54, UL Type 12
IP54, UL Type 12 2291
2291 (90.2)
(90.2)
IP21, UL Type 1
IP21, UL Type 1 2132
2132 (83.9)
(83.9)

900
700 (35.4)
(27.6)

535 535
(21.1) (21.1)
65 (2.6)

368 (14.5)
464 (18.3)
568 (22.4)
0 (0)

235 (9.3)
300 (11.8)

635 (25.0)

105 150 36
65 (2.6)
0 (0)

235 (9.3)
300 (11.8)
368 (14.5)
468 (18.4)
568 (22.4)
668 (26.3)
768 (30.2)
835 (32.9)

105 150 36
(4.1) (5.9) (1.4) (4.1) (5.9) (1.4)

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018 135

Appendix A Enclosure Information

Figure 46 - DC Input Frame 10 PowerFlex 755TM Common Bus Inverter

IP54, UL Type 12
721
(28.4)
IP21, UL Type 1
676
(26.6)

IP54, UL Type 12
2291
(90.2)
IP21, UL Type 1
2132
(83.9)

1100
(43.3)

535
(21.1)
65 (2.6)
0 (0)

235 (9.3)
300 (11.8)
368 (14.5)
468 (18.4)
568 (22.4)
668 (26.3)
768 (30.2)
868 (34.2)
968 (38.1)
1035 (40.7)

105 150 36
(4.1) (5.9) (1.4)

136 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

 Enclosure Information Appendix A

Figure 47 - DC Input Frame 11 PowerFlex 755TM Common Bus Inverter

IP54, UL Type 12
721
676 (28.4)
(26.6)
200 IP21, UL Type 1
(7.9) 676
45 (26.6)
(1.8)
Signal Cables -
Top Entry

IP54, UL Type 12
2291
2132 (90.2)
(83.9)
IP21, UL Type 1
1661 2132
(65.4) (83.9)
1571
(61.9)

1200
300 (47.2)
(11.8)

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018 137

Appendix A Enclosure Information

Figure 48 - DC Input Frame 12 PowerFlex 755TM Common Bus Inverter

IP54, UL Type 12
676 721
(26.6) (28.4)
200 IP21, UL Type 1
(7.9)
676
45 (26.6)
(1.8)

IP54, UL Type 12
2132 2291
(83.9) (90.2)
IP21, UL Type 1
2132
(83.9)
1571 1661
(61.9) (65.4)

1400
300 (55.1)
(11.8)

138 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

 Enclosure Information Appendix A

PowerFlex 755T Product This section lists options that are recommended to handle, transport, and store
major product components.
Equipment Handling Options

Module Service Cart

The PowerFlex 750-Series service cart is

designed to handle and transport LCL filter
modules and power modules. The service cart
has an adjustable curb height of 0…254 mm
(0…10 in.) and curb offset/reach of 0…203 mm
(0…8.0 in.).
Cat. No. 20-750-MCART1

DC Precharge Module Service Lift

The PowerFlex 755T DC precharge module

service lift allows you to remove and install DC
precharge modules. It is used in conjunction
with the 20-750-MCART1 module service cart.
Cat. No. 20-750-MCART2

Power Module Service Ramp

The PowerFlex 755T power module service

ramp allows you to remove and install power
modules, catalog numbers 20-750-MI1-xnnxnn,
20-750-MI2-xnnxnn, and
20-750-MI3-xnnxnn, from the cabinet. Cat. No. 20-750-MRAMP1

Power and Filter Module Storage

Hardware

Power and LCL filter module storage hardware

is designed to help stabilize modules during
storage.
Cat. No. 20-750-MINV-ATIP

Cooling and Airflow This section describes cooling and airflow requirements for the PowerFlex
700S and PowerFlex 755T products. Compare the requirements for the
Comparison existing PowerFlex 700S drive to the equivalent cross reference PowerFlex
755T product to ensure the location chosen can support the requirements of
the PowerFlex 755T migration solution.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018 139

Appendix A Enclosure Information

PowerFlex 700S Installation Requirements

Refer to the PowerFlex 700H/S High Power Installation manual, publication

PFLEX-IN006, for detailed environmental specifications for the PowerFlex
700S frame 9…14 drives.

Figure 49 - PowerFlex 700S Frame 9 IP21 Enclosure, Minimum Clearances

400.0 mm 400.0 mm
(15.75 in.) (15.75 in.)

50.0 mm 80.0 mm 50.0 mm

(1.97 in.) (3.2 in.) (1.97 in.)

350.0 mm 350.0 mm
(13.8 in.) (13.8 in.)

Figure 50 - PowerFlex 700S Frame 10…14 IP21 Rittal Enclosure, Minimum Clearances

200 mm
(7.87 in.) Min.

Frames 10…14 (NEMA/UL Type 1 - IP21

Enclosure, Frame 10 shown)

800 mm
(31.50 in.) Min.

140 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

 Enclosure Information Appendix A

Figure 51 - PowerFlex 700S Frame 10…12 IP20 MCC Enclosure, Minimum Clearances

200 mm
(7.87 in.) Min.

Powerful Performance, Flexible Control.

838 mm
(33.0 in.) Min.

PowerFlex 755T Product Installation Requirements

Environmental Conditions
• Elevation above sea level without derating must be less than 1000 m
(3250 ft).
• Ambient air temperature without derating must be between
-20…+40 °C (-4…+104 °F).
• Relative humidity must be less than 95%, noncondensing.
• The product must be installed indoors; there must be no dripping water
or other fluids in the room.
• Cooling air must be clean without significant concentrations of sand,
corrosive or conductive dust (defined by IEC 721-1 as being less than
0.2 mg/m3 of dust), or explosive gas.
• Free from significant vibration.

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018 141

Appendix A Enclosure Information

Table 70 - Environmental Specifications

Ambient temperature IP21, UL Type 1: -20…+40 °C (-4…+104 °F) frames 8…12, all ratings
IP54, UL Type 12: -20…+40 °C (-4…+104 °F) frames 8…12, all ratings
Ambient temperature of 50 °C (122 °F) or 55 °C (134 °F) with derating.
Storage temperature -40…+70 °C (-40…+158 °F)
Relative humidity 5…95% noncondensing
Atmospheric protection Harsh environment is defined as a copper or silver reactivity level greater than
1000 angstroms per 30 days exposure. No condensation allowed. Maximum allowable
humidity is 60% in the presence of corrosive gases. See ISA-71.04-2013 for details on
how to measure reactivity levels on copper and silver test coupons.

Table 71 - Airflow Requirements

755TL and 755TR Drives 755TM Bus Supplies 755TM Common Bus Inverter
Frame
3/min) CMS (m3/sec) CFM (ft3/min) CMS (m3/sec) CFM (ft3/min) CMS (m3/sec)
CFM (ft
8 2375 1.12 1675 0.79 975 0.46

9 3775 1.78 2375 1.12 1675 0.79

10 6500 3.07 4400 2.08 2375 1.12

11 7900 3.73 5100 2.41 3075 1.45

12 10,000 4.72 6500 3.07 3775 1.78

Mounting Requirements
• Install the product upright on a flat and level surface.
• Verify that the product cabinet is square, vertical, and stable.
• Verify that the filter and debris screens are installed.
• Protect the cooling fan by avoiding dust or metallic particles.
• Do not expose to a corrosive atmosphere.
• Protect from moisture and direct sunlight.
• The product must be anchored on a level floor. See outline dimension
drawings for the anchor point sizes and locations.

142 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

 Enclosure Information Appendix A

Minimum Clearances

Specified vertical clearance requirements are intended to be from the product

to the closest object that can restrict airflow through the cabinet. The product
must be mounted in a vertical orientation as shown and must make full contact
with the mounting surface. Inlet air temperature must not exceed the product
specification.See Table 10 on page 40.

Figure 52 - Minimum Overhead Clearances

250 mm
(9.8 in.)
200 mm
(7.9 in.)

IP21, UL Type 1 IP54, UL Type 12

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018 143

Appendix A Enclosure Information

PowerFlex 755T products can be mounted on a service pad or platform. The

platform height and enclosure setback measurements that are indicated in
Figure 53 are the maximum that is allowed for by the PowerFlex 750-Series
service cart (20-750-MCART1). The platform height measurement is also an
installation limit per NEC requirements for the disconnect switch.

Figure 53 - Mounting Clearances for IGBT Access and Disconnect Switch Height

Side View Side View

Maximum Enclosure Setback

203 mm
(8 in.)
Maximum Platform or 254 mm
Plinth System Height (10 in.)

No clearance is required between the back of the enclosure and a wall. Minimum Aisle Width
914 mm
(36 in.)

Side View Top View

152 mm
20-750-MCART1 (6 in.)

144 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

 Enclosure Information Appendix A

Airflow through the enclosure must not be impeded. Regular inspection and
replacement of the filter media is required to maintain proper cooling. See the
PowerFlex 750-Series Products with TotalFORCE Control Hardware Service
Manual, publication 750-TG100 for filter media maintenance schedules.

Figure 54 - Airflow Clearances

IP21, UL Type 1 IP54, UL Type 12

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018 145

Appendix A Enclosure Information

IP00 Open Type Power There are many possible engineered solutions for the IP00 Type Open power
structure installations. Contact an Authorized Rockwell Automation
Structures Distributor specialist, Solution Partner, Recognized System Integrator or
Rockwell Automation account manager if you are interested in migrating your
PowerFlex 700S open type bus supply converter to a PowerFlex 755T open
type products.

Follow this link for a list of Solution Partners and Recognized System
Integrators:

http://www.software.rockwell.com/corporate/sp/
RASISearchResults.cfm?Programlevel=SP

ATTENTION: Only qualified personnel familiar with adjustable frequency AC

drives and associated machinery should plan or implement the installation,
startup, and subsequent maintenance of the system. Failure to comply may
result in personal injury and/or equipment damage.

IMPORTANT IP00 type open installations are not standard solutions. These installations
are engineered solutions and migration to a PowerFlex 755T open type
solution requires a careful technical review of your existing PowerFlex 700S
installation as well as careful technical planning and design of the PowerFlex
755T open type solution.

The installation instructions below provide technical information for installing

the PowerFlex 700 high power and PowerFlex 755TM open type products in a
customer-supplied enclosure. Review these instructions for technical
specifications and information that can help you engineer a solution for your
IP00 Type Open migration.
• PowerFlex 700H and 700S Open Power Structure, Frames 10…14
Installation Instructions, publication PFLEX-IN020
• PowerFlex 755TM IP00 Open Type Kits Installation Instructions,
publications 750-IN101, 750-IN102, and 750-IN103
• PowerFlex 755TM IP00 Open Type Kits Technical Data, publication
750-TD101.

146 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

.

Rockwell Automation Support

Use the following resources to access support information.

Technical Support Center Knowledgebase Articles, How-to Videos, FAQs, Chat, User https://rockwellautomation.custhelp.com/
Forums, and Product Notification Updates.
Local Technical Support Phone Numbers Locate the phone number for your country. http://www.rockwellautomation.com/global/support/get-support-now.page
Find the Direct Dial Code for your product. Use the code to
Direct Dial Codes route your call directly to a technical support engineer. http://www.rockwellautomation.com/global/support/direct-dial.page

Installation Instructions, Manuals, Brochures, and

Literature Library http://www.rockwellautomation.com/global/literature-library/overview.page
Technical Data.
Product Compatibility and Download Get help determining how products interact, check
http://www.rockwellautomation.com/global/support/pcdc.page
Center (PCDC) features and capabilities, and find associated firmware.

Documentation Feedback
Your comments will help us serve your documentation needs better. If you have any suggestions on how to improve this document, complete the
How Are We Doing? form at http://literature.rockwellautomation.com/idc/groups/literature/documents/du/ra-du002_-en-e.pdf.

Rockwell Automation maintains current product environmental information on its website at http://www.rockwellautomation.com/rockwellautomation/about-us/sustainability-ethics/product-environmental-compliance.page.

Allen-Bradley, CENTERLINE, Connected Components Workbench, DriveExecutive, DriveExplorer, PLC-5, PowerFlex, Rockwell Automation, Rockwell Software, RSLogix, Studio 5000 Logix Designer, and TotalFORCE are trademarks of
Rockwell Automation, Inc.
ControlNet, DeviceNet, and EtherNet/IP are trademarks of ODVA, Inc.
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies.

Rockwell Otomasyon Ticaret A.Ş., Kar Plaza İş Merkezi E Blok Kat:6 34752 İçerenköy, İstanbul, Tel: +90 (216) 5698400

Publication 750-RM004A-EN-P - April 2018

Copyright © 2018 Rockwell Automation, Inc. All rights reserved. Printed in the U.S.A.